THE JOHN LINER REVIEW - Standard Publishing Corporation by yantingting

VIEWS: 2 PAGES: 64

									THE JOHN LINER REVIEW
Index through Volume 24 No. 3, Fall 2010
By Author and Topic
A
Abarbanel, Stephen J. On the Horizon: New Sources of Protection Against Environmental Claims. Vol. 8, No. 2
  (Summer 1994), p. 14.
Abraham, Laura J. Joint and Several Liability: Its Impact on the Insurance Industry. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p.
  41.
Agarwala, Kanishka, and Diana Shafter Gliedman. Insurance Coverage for the Alleged Sale of Counterfeit Goods.
  Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 96.
Alpert, Jonathan L., and Denis L. Julien. Risk Management Issues in Business Reorganization. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall
  1993), p. 45.
Alpert, Robert P., and Jeffrey K. Douglass. The Class Action Fairness Act: Moving Class Actions to Federal Court.
  Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 7.
Ambort, Steven N. Business Interruption in the Electronic Age. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 43.
Anderson, Dan R. Hazardous Waste Liabilities: An Analysis of the Insurance Industry’s Exposure. Vol. 3, No. 1
  (Spring 1989), p. 3.
—Why Sustainability Risk Management Matters. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 7.
Anderson, Elizabeth L., and Monica M. Welt. Changing Perspectives on Chemical Product Risks. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall
  2009), p. 58.
Anderson, Eugene R. Another Perspective on Pollution Liability Coverage. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 71.
Anderson, Eugene R., Avraham C. Moskowitz, and Giovanni Rodriguez. Is There a Way to Finance Environmental
  Cleanup Liability? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
Anderson, Robyn. “Certificates of Insurance” and “Additional Insured” Coverage: Maximize Value and Avoid Pitfalls.
  Vol. 22, N. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 87.
Andrews, Roger L. et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Anthony, Jamie, and Brian L. Smith. Emerging Trends in D&O Liability Litigation. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991),
  p. 36.
Antwi, E. Abena, and Tacita A. Mikel Scott. Leased Employees and Other Contingent Workers: Panacea or Pandora’s
  Box? Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 62.
Arbanas, Jennifer and Kathy Prosser. EAP/WLB: A Business Solution for Improving Workplace Productivity. Vol.
  15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 63.
Artemieva, Nadezhda, Inna Gerasimova, and Yana Streltsova. Russian Insurance Today from a Russian Insurer’s
  Viewpoint. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 53.
Asperger, Jeffrey J., and William J. Warfel. Builders Risk and Installation Form: Inland Marine Insurance or Property
  Insurance? Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 51.

B
Babcock, Phillip H. The Art of Handling Museum Risks. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 34.
Bader, Allan H. Disaster Prevention and Emergency Response in the Chemical Industry. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997),
  p. 63.
— An Occupational Safety and Health Program Overview. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 63.
— Protecting Employees Against the Hazards of Infectious Materials. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 51.
— Protecting Workers Who Protect the Environment. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 69.
— Risk Retention: A Self-Inventory. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 23.
— The Role of Industrial Hygiene in a Workplace Safety and Health Program. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 71.
— Using Personal Protective Equipment to Minimize Workplace Injuries. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 67.
Bader, Allan H., and Adrien Theriault. Workers Compensation and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Vol. 11, No.
  4 (Winter 1998), p. 71.
Bader, Allan H., and Angela Cotrone. Accommodating Disabled Persons in the Workplace. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992),
  p. 69.
— Acquiring Real Property: Asset or Liability? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 71.
— Auditing Workers Compensation Programs. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 67.
— Capturing a Piece of the Alternative Market, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 58.
— Coming to Grips With Alcohol and Substance Abuse on the Job. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 68.
— Controlling Exposures to Hazardous Waste in the Work Environment. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 61.
— Controlling Hazardous Energy in the Workplace. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 88.
— Confined Space Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 60.
— A Guide to Earthquake Hazard Analysis. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 73.
— Handling Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 63.
— How to Develop a Disaster Recovery Program. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 67.
— Informing Employees about Chemical Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 24.
— Loss Portfolio Transfers. Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 41.
— Managing the Risks of Indoor Air Pollution. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 73.
— Managing Underground Storage Tank Risks. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 72.
— Mergers and Acquisitions: What Risks Are Acquired? Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 30.
— A New OSHA Standard to Protect Health Care Workers. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 69.
— New OSHA Standards for Commercial Driver Licensing. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 72.
— Noise and Video Display Terminals: Common Workplace Hazards. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 70.
— An Occupational Health Program to Deal with Ergonomic Hazards. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 61.
— OSHA: What Are Your Rights and Responsibilities? Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter, 1993), p. 67.
— A Program to Address Occupational Health Hazards. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 69.
— Protecting Against Asbestos Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 74.
— Protecting Against the Hazards of Airborne Contaminants. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 72.
— Protecting Against the Hazards of Lead Poisoning in the Workplace. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 67.
— Radon: Another Environmental Risk to Contend With. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 70.
— A Risk Management Approach to the Asbestos Problem. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 69.
— Safeguarding Against Machine Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 95.
— Safety and Loss Control Techniques for Laboratories. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 68.
— Waste Management for Healthcare Facilities, Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 75.
— Workplace Emergencies: Do You Have a Response Plan? Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 71.
Bader, Allan H., and Reynold Corn. A Risk Management Program for Healthcare Institutions. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
  1991), p. 72.
Bader, Allan H., and Martin Erhlich. Terrorist Attacks: How They Can Harm Us. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p.
  43.
Bader, Allan H., and Max Hamburger. Objective Tests Reduce Costs and Workplace Injuries. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall
  1997), p. 67.
Bader, Allan H., and Phil Remig. Audit Techniques for Assessing Environmental Risks. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer
  1990), p. 70.
Baglini,Norman A., John J. Catrabone, Richard G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig,
  Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Bailey, William E. “Future Shocks”: What’s in Store for International Insurance Markets? Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter
  1989), p. 3.
Baker, Winifred A., Timothy Press, and Paul O’Connor. Political-Risk and Political-Violence Insurance. Vol. 17, No.
  2 (Summer 2003), p. 84.
Baldwin, George H. II. Catastrophe Modeling: A Vital Tool for Property-Casualty Risk. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001),
  p. 43.
Ballowe, William R. A Study of Shareholder Class-Action Litigation. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 13.
Banks, Sharon D., Ralph D. Stern, and Linda A. Tripoli. Wrongful Termination Defense Strategies. Vol. 2, No. 1
  (Spring 1988), p. 31.
Barker, William T. Combining Insurance and Self-Insurance: Issues in Handling Liability Claims. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring
  1993), p. 3.
Baron, Frank M. The Endless Evolution of Fiduciary Liability Exposures. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 35.
Barratt, James, John Evans, and Collette Rawnsley. The Future of Class Actions in the European Union. Vol. 23,
  No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 34.
—Perspectives From Europe: A Pan-European Tour of a Changing Landscape. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p.
  61.
Barrese, James, and Jack Nelson. Policing Insurer Solvency: A Proposal for Reform. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p.
  26.
Barry, Susan, and David E. Wood, Riding the Mergers and Acquisitions Wave With a Well-Considered Insurance
  Strategy. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 75.
Bean, Winston. Strategies for Effective Catastrophe Management. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 5.
Beattie, David, Judith Pierson, and J. Kelly Reyher. Managing the Liability Risks of Corporate Directors and Officers.
  Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 13.
Beazley, Hamilton, Chronic Knowledge Loss: Managing the Risk, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 81.
Becker, Reynold. The Case for No-Fault Laws. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 51.
Bell, Lawrence J. Risk Financing Concepts. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 42.
Bell, Vincent J., and Mac V. Snow. Forming a Captive Insurer under the Risk Retention Act. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring
  1987), p. 3.
Belt, William W., Jr., and Mark S. Yocano. The Need for Cooperative Electronic Discovery in Mid-Size Cases. Vol.
  23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 25.
Bender, David P., Jr., Esq., Alternative Dispute Resolution in Adjudicating Insurance Claims. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter
  2007), p. 77.
—Insurance Coverage for Employment Claims: Buyer Beware. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 83.
—Insurance Primer: The Rules Have Changed. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 79.
—Lessons of the Virginia Tech Massacre. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 99.
—The Neglected Role of Insurance in Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 107.
—Reinsurance Arbitrations: Bad for Insurers and Bad for Their Policyholders, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 79.
Berg, James D. Forming a Partnership Between Risk Financing and Loss Control. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p.
  17.
Bergeson, Lynn L. New on the Horizon: Nanotechnology. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 39.
Bermudez, Mariano. Reinsurance Market Security. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 75.
Bickelhaupt, David L. An Uncertain Future Challenges Property-Liability Insurers. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p.
  34.
Bland, David E., Patrick E. Shipstead, and Scott G. Johnson. Sue and Labor Coverage for Year 2000 Remediation
  Expenses. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 85.
Blythe, Bruce T., Integrating Plans, Resources, and Management Systems for Effective Crisis Management. Vol. 17,
  No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 7.
Boggs, Christopher J., Are You Your Employee’s Keeper? Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 39.
—Jurisdictional Intervention: The True Cost to Rebuild. Vol. 22, No. 1(Spring 2008), p. 39.
—Making Sense of Property Underwriting and Preparing for the Process. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 27.
Bolinder, William H. 1992: Short-Term Project or Ongoing Operation? Vol. 3, No. 2 (Winter 1989), p. 16.
— Some Thoughts on the Risk Retention Act, Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 74.
— Workers Compensation: A System in Trauma. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 3.
Booren, Jon, and Rob Martin, Safeguard Against Negligence Issues in Fleet Management, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer
  2005), p. 61.
Borellis, William K. Cross Marketing Techniques in Personal Lines. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 46.
Bradly, Tammy. Recession-Proofing Work Force Productivity: How Employers Are Managing Disability in a Downturn
  Economy. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 85.
Branch, LaVina C. Are You Prepared for Workplace Violence? Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 73.
Brassell-Cicchini, Lori A. Planning and Communicating Your Way Through a Catastrophe. Vol. 14 No. 4 (Winter
  2001), p. 21.
— Planning for an Environmental Disaster: A Corporate Necessity, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 25.
Brauer, David F. Financing Your Risk Program — 2009. Vol. 23, No, 1(Spring 2009), p. 41.
— Loss Development for the Non-Claims Person. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 73.
Brenner, Susan, Marc D. Goodman, and Leo L. Clarke, Cyberterrorism: A Review of the Prospects and the Risks,
  Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), P. 42.
Bressler, Alan J. How Environmental Insurance Takes the Uncertainty Out of Brownfields Redevelopment, Vol. 18,
  No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 47.
Brock, Kennith, and Mark Tschiegg. Loss Prevention in the Analysis of Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 13, No. 1
  (Spring 1999), p. 95.
Brown, Michael D. The Risk Retention Act: A Legal Guide. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 10.
Brown, Stephen B. Strategies in Pursuit of Coverage for Environmental Cleanup Costs. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993),
  p. 3.
Browning, Helene and A.V. Riswadkar. Slippery Slopes: Strategies for Mitigating Slips, Trips, and Falls. Vol. 24, No.
  1 (Spring 2010), p. 80.
Browning, Jann, ABCs of RMIS: What You Need to Know Before You Buy. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 61.
—Avoid Becoming an EEOC Statistic. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 45.
—Data Loss as a Property Issue. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 35.
—Loss Control is Key to Success of Alternative Risk Transfe., Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 111.
Bruce, Rebecca Shafer. Effective Communication in Workers Compensation Management. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997),
  p. 51.
Bruce, William C. Employment Practices Liability Insurance: What Do Buyers Want? Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer
  1999), p. 71.
— The Good Employment Practices Liability Risk. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Spring 1998), p. 25.
Brummond, David J. A Reality Check on Federal Insurance Regulation. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 13.
Buckingham, Susan L., and Matthew L. Jacobs. Coverage Litigation Issues in General Liability Insurance. Vol. 6, No.
  1 (Spring, 1992), p. 3.
Bundschuh, Gregg. Mergers and Acquisitions — Insurance Issues. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 39.
—Proper Preparation for Doing Business in a Foreign Country. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 28.
Bundschuh, Gregg, and Mike Herlihy. E-Discovery Rules and Risks: Understanding the Real-World Rules for the
  Virtual World of Electronic Documentation. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 70.
Bunting, Christopher, Ortwin Renn, Marie-Valentine Florin, and Robin Cantor. Introduction to the IRGC Risk
  Governance Framework. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 7.
Burgess, Cathy, Steve Niedelman, and John Fleder. Strategic Enterprise Risk Management and Pharmaceuticals. Vol.
  23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 51.
Burns, Kathleen, and Randy Wheeler. Information Velocity: The Infrastructure to Automate Claims and Risk
  Management. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 41.
Busman, Evan. Navigating the ERM Technology Maelstrom. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 49.
—An Actionable Approach to Hazard Risk and Insurance Management Reviews, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p.
  63.
Butler, John. Protecting the Redevelopment of Brownfields Sites With Environmental Insurance. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
  2004), p. 94.
Butt, Valerie, Managing Risk Comprehensively, Efficiently, and Strategically, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 33.
C
Cagan, Penny. On Finding Linkages: Corporate Governance and Operational Risk. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p.
  7.
— Operational Risk: Lessons to Be Learned from Banking Institutions. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 53.
Cagnetta, Ralph, and Greg Lang, Turning Risk Into Reward, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 31.
Cahen, David W. Risky Contracts. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 25.
Callaghan, Martin F. Managing the Dynamics of Business Interruption Analysis. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p.
  39.
Callan, Ron Sr., and Ron Callan Jr. The Salvor’s Role in Crisis Management. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 73.
Cantor, Robin, Christopher Bunting, Ortwin Renn, and Marie-Valentine Florin. Introduction to the IRGC Risk
  Governance Framework. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 7.
Cantor, Robin, and Mary Lyman. Recent State Tort Reforms and Legal Decisions: Better News for Asbestos Defendants?
  Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 39.
Cantor, Robin, Mary Lyman, and Richard Reiss. Asbestos Claims and Litigation. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009),
  p. 28.
Carasuolo, George, and Eberhard E. Scheuing. The Risk Manager’s Guide to Internal Marketing. Vol. 5, No. 1
  (Spring 1991), p. 45.
Carter, Deborah. Risk Insights: Behavioral Risk in Changing Organizations. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 45.
Carter, W. Lee III. Shouldn’t the Market Be Turning Soon? Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 60.
— The Turning Point?...or the Turning Point! Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 29.
Casavan, Carolyn M., and Joseph L. King. Environmental Crisis Prevention and Management. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter
  2001), p. 47.
Casey, Brian D. Managing the Claims Process: How to Evaluate Vendor Performance. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996),
  p. 21.
Catrabone, John J., Norman A. Baglini, Richard G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig,
  Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Catrabone, John J., and Paul N. Lux. Shopping a la Carte in a Buffet Environment. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p.
  59.
Cavanaugh, Terry C., and Thomas M. Fallert. The Link Between Electromagnetic Fields and Cancer. Vol. 12, No.
  3 (Fall 1998), p. 61.
Chapman, William H. Lenders Beware: CERCLA and Mortgagee Liability. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 22.
Chalmers, David. The Future of Mobile Claims Is Here. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 83.
Champion, Laurie, and Angus Rhodes. Best Practices in Enterprise Risk Technology. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p.
  80.
Charlton, Jeff, Disaster Response: Are You Truly Prepared? Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 17.
Charnley Elliott, Gail, and E. Donald Elliott. Private Product-Risk Assessment and the Role of Government. Vol. 23,
  No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 73.
Chilcott, Jeff, Renee Mattaliano, Lance Perry, A.V. Riswadkar, and Clayton Shoup. Turning “Silver” Into “Gold”:
  Strategies for Working With the Ever-growing Aging Work Force. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 50.
Church, Frederic C., Jr. Step 5: Financing Your Risks — Retention. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 35.
Clarke, James N., Financial Ratings: Assessing the Raters’ Methods. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 52.
Clarke, Leo L., Susan Brenner, and Marc D. Goodman, Cyberterrorism: A Review of the Prospects and the Risks,
  Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), P. 42.
Clarke, Richard G., Book Review: Employment Practices Liability Insurance. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 51.
— Don’t Look to E&O Insurance for Effective Cyber Risk Coverage. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 20.
— Employment Practices Liability Insurance: Maximizing Coverage in an Evolving Market. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer
   1999), p. 77.
— The Exposures of E-Business and Emerging Insurance Coverage. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 25.
— Insurance for Cyber Exposures: Coming of Age in the New Millennium. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 7.
— Managed Care and ERISA The Dance of Liability. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 17.
—Nonprofits’ Most Important Insurance Protection: A General Guide. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 51.
— A Quarter Century of Nonprofit Operation. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 86.
— Technology E&O Insurance: Filling Liability Coverage Gaps. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 65.
Clarke, Richard G., Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig,
  Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out.
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Clayton, Thomas A. International Kidnap and Ransom Scenarios: Understanding the Problem and Protecting Your
  Employees. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 47.
Cloutier, Kevin, Cheryl Tama Oblander, and Kristine Zeabart. Employment Practices Liability Insurance: Does It
  Cover Invasion of Privacy and Identity Theft Claims? Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 21.
Codding, Bruce, and John Schaefer, Opportunity Risk Management, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 7.
Collings, David, and Barbara Sable. How to Keep Tabs on Your Insurer. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 87.
Conerty, James J. Designing a Risk Management Program to Support Cash Flow. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 3.
— Has Corporate Reengineering Left New Business Interruption Risks in Its Wake? Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p.
  49.
— Reengineering Risk Management: Opportunity or Folly? Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 5.
Connolly, Kevin J. Security for Contract Performance. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 65.
Connor, Stephen, Risk Management in the Logistics Industry: Challenges and Opportunities, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring
2007), p. 21.
Conrad, Linda. E-Risk Management: Exceeding the Standards, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 45.
Conway, Peter P., Jr. Trucking and Insurance: A New Service Model. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 67.
Corcoran, James P. Maintaining Solvency in a Global Marketplace. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 3.
Corcoran, Stanley J. Analysis of Claim Trends: A Risk Management Challenge. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p.
  46.
Corn, Reynold, and Allan H. Bader. A Risk Management Program for Healthcare Institutions. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
  1991), p. 72.
Cotrone, Angela, and Allan H. Bader. Accommodating Disabled Persons in the Workplace. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992),
  p. 69.
— Acquiring Real Property: Asset or Liability? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 71.
— Auditing Workers Compensation Programs. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 67.
— Coming to Grips With Alcohol and Substance Abuse on the Job. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 68.
— Confined Space Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 60.
— Controlling Exposures to Hazardous Waste in the Work Environment. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 61.
— Controlling Hazardous Energy in the Workplace. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 88.
— A Guide to Earthquake Hazard Analysis. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 73.
— Handling Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 63.
— How to Develop a Disaster Recovery Program. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 67.
— Informing Employees about Chemical Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 24.
— Managing the Risks of Indoor Air Pollution. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 73.
— Managing Underground Storage Tank Risks. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 72.
— A New OSHA Standard to Protect Health Care Workers. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 69.
— New OSHA Standards for Commercial Driver Licensing. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 72.
— Noise and Video Display Terminals: Common Workplace Hazards. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 70.
— An Occupational Health Program to Deal with Ergonomic Hazards. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 61.
— OSHA: What Are Your Rights and Responsibilities? Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 67.
— A Program to Address Occupational Health Hazards. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 69.
— Protecting Against Asbestos Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 74.
— Protecting Against the Hazards of Airborne Contaminants. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 72.
— Protecting Against the Hazards of Lead Poisoning in the Workplace. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall) 1993), p. 67.
— Radon: Another Environmental Risk to Contend With. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 70.
— A Risk Management Approach to the Asbestos Problem. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 69.
— Safeguarding Against Machine Hazards in the Workplace. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 95.
— Safety and Loss Control Techniques for Laboratories. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 68.
— Waste Management for Healthcare Facilities. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 75.
— Workplace Emergencies: Do You Have a Response Plan? Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 71.
Couvillon, Stanley J. Loss Prevention and Control: More Important in Today’s Economy. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994),
  p. 26.
Covill. Susan, and Larry Penn. Insuring a Global Village. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 20.
Craddock, William S. How Banks Will Compete in the Insurance Market. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 46.
Craig, Diana, A.V. Riswadkar, and The Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network. Combating Food Allergy Risks in
  the Hospitality Industry. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 53.
Crerar, Ken A. Agent and Broker Liability for Insurer Insolvency. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 83
— Alternative Risk Transfer: The Broker’s Role. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 97.
— Darwin in the Details: The Broker Consolidation Trend. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 101.
— Disasters: Not Just for Mother Nature Anymore. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 89.
— Employment Practices Liability: A Fin-de-Siècle Insurance Story. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 95.
— Financial Risk Management Products: Can Brokers Ride the New Wave? Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p, 91.
— Internet Marketing and Beyond. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 73.
— Intellectual Property Exposures: Opportunities for Expanding Services. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 81.
— Insurer Solvency — A Major Issue for Agents in 2003, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 77.
— It’s a Global Market Now. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 106.
— McCarran-Ferguson: Time for Change? Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 77.
— Our Victorian Licensing System. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 74.
— Producer Licensing Reform. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 90.
— Professional Liability: Opportunity Begets Exposure. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 97.
— Recruitment and Retention — Ensuring Producer Success. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 99.
— Sales Recruiting and Training: A Future in Jeopardy. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 79.
— Service Is Key in Hard Market. Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer 2001), p. 90
— Sorting Out the Challenges. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 81.
— When Worlds Collide: E-commerce Meets Insurance. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 129.
— World Federation of Insurance Intermediaries. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 85.
Cross, John C. The Market: Past, Present, Future. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 15.
— Stretching the Limits of Compensation Statutes. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 75.
Cross, Michelle L., Pandemic Planning: Is Your Business Continuity Plan Enough?, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p.
  41.
Cummings, Ginny. The Internet, Marketing, and Insurance. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 35.
Cunningham, Patrick M. Merger and Acquisition Deal Risk: New Solutions and New Opportunities. Vol. 13, No. 1
  (Spring 1999), p. 69.
Curcio, William N. and James W. Macdonald. Captives and Terrorism Risk, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 17.
Cutts, Karen. A Profile of Purchasing Groups and Their Insurers. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 10.
D
Dalton, Jill. Managing Property Terrorism Risk in 2008 and Beyond. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 7.
—The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 — Overview and Impact on the Property Insurance Market. Vol. 17, No.
  2 (Summer 2003), p. 77.
—Working to Achieve a Successful Property Renewal. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 21.
Dangora, John M. Natural Disaster Loss Reduction: Learning from Experience for a Safer Future. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall
  1994), p. 5.
Dauer, Robert C. Reflections on 25 Years in the Insurance Business. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 3.
Davis, James V. The Trend to Holistic Risk Management. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 39.
Davis, Jonathan J. Balance-Sheet Management: Loss-Portfolio Transfer. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 73.
Davis, Kathleen H. and Kevin Moriarty, Vermont’s Thriving Captive Insurance Industry: Alternative Risk Financing
  in the Green Mountain State, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 17.
Davis, Kristin W. Shifting the Risk Management Paradigm: A Case Study. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 5.
Davis, Robert, and Roger Gillett. Rent-a-Captives: Why Own When You Can Rent? Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005),
  p. 17.
Davis, Ronald E. Preparing for the Next Hard Property Insurance Market. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 19.
Deaver, James, Andrea Tecce, and Robert Jacobs. Emerging Solutions for Risk Transfer in Product Liability. Vol. 23,
  No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 18.
DeBerry, David S., and Steven L. White. Significant Developments Since Passage of Securities Reform Legislation.
  Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 67.
Deloach, Charlene A. Risk Management vs. Money Management? A Look at Titanic. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998),
  p. 19.
DeSimone, Richard D. International Safety Management Code: An Underwriter’s Perspective. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall
  1999), p. 31.
De Steuben, Karla J., and Jane Y. Rastallis. Dealing with the New Risks of Employment Liability. Vol. 5, No. 4
  (Winter 1992), p. 3.
DeYoe, Kathleen, James Paskell, Paul Sugarman, and Wondie Russell. Creative Settlements in the Complex Insurance
  Coverage Context. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), P. 61.
Dickerson, Lori, and Gary Tully. Protecting Assets: Preventing Employee Theft. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p.
  33.
Dietrich, Paul, and Brad Gow, Architecture and Engineering: Managing New Risks in a Rapidly Changing Industry,
  Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 47.
Dietrich, Paul, and Mark Vuono. Assessing Environmental Professional Liability Exposures. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer
  1994), p. 28.
Dion, Peter. Product Degradation: When New Becomes Old. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 99.
DiSilvestro, Michael, Russell Hickey, and Cameron Stracher. Corporate Expression: The High Cost of Free Speech.
  Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 81.
Dockery, J. Glenn. Mergers and Acquisitions: Directors and Officers Insurance and Indemnity. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring
  1999), p. 47.
Dockery, J. Glenn, and Ann M. Longmore. Corporate Divestitures: Management Liability, Indemnification, and
  Coverage. Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer 2001), p. 37.
Douglas, Bruce L., and Janet R. Douglas. Older Workers’ Health: An Emerging Issue in the American Workplace. Vol.
  11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 21.
Douglass, Jeffrey K., and Robert P. Alpert. The Class Action Fairness Act: Moving Class Actions to Federal Court.
  Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 7.
Douglass, Suzanne. Business Interruption Insurance: Does It Really Bridge the Income Gap? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991),
  p. 50.
Dow, Albert R. Should Reinsurance Intermediaries be Regulated? Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 21.
Dowd, Wendy J., and Jeffrey S. Grange. Operational Risk: Now Front and Center. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002),
  p. 43.
Downs, Sean. From Claims Management to Claims E-Management. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 36.
Doyle, Corbette S. How to Improve Relationships with Your Underwriters. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 17.
Doyle, Corbette S., and Ken Pinkston. Techniques for Insuring Joint Ventures. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p.
  67.
Drag, Thomas J. Europe’s Single Insurance Market Nears Completion. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 32.
Drapeau, Louis J. Navigating Risk Management’s Road to the Future. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 5.
Dreher, Kevin B. Separating the Nuts From the Bolts: Insurance Coverage for Product Liability Claims Alleging Property
  Damage. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 26.
Dreher, Kevin B., and John D. Shugrue. Insurance Coverage for TCPA and FACTA Claims. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter
  2008), p. 67.
Duggan, Paul, and David Dybdahl. How Lenders Were Left Unsecured For Mold-Related Losses on Commercial
  Loans And How to Fix the Problem. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 63.
Dunn, Andrew D. Sexual Misconduct and Wrongful Employment Practices: A Coverage Analysis. Vol. 10, No. 2
  (Summer 1996), p. 19.
Dybdahl, David J. Managing Environmental Liability Risks—Past, Present and Future. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p.
  15.
— Risk Financing for Environmental Cleanup Contractors. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 16.
Dybdahl, David, and Paul Duggan. How Lenders Were Left Unsecured For Mold-Related Losses on Commercial
  Loans And How to Fix the Problem. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 63.

E
Ecker, R. Scott. Contracts: Risk Management Issues and Solutions. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 29.
— Controlling Insurers’ Database: Whose Interests Are at Stake? Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 45.
— A “Definitive” Approach to Controlling Insurance Coverage and Cost. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 35.
— Disaster (Hard Market) Planning. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 7.
— Disaster (Hard Market) Planning — Redux. Vol. 15, No. 3. (Fall 2001) p.7
— Making the Most of Your Insurer’s Loss Control Services. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 41.
— Mergers and Acquisitions: Who’s Coming to the Party? Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 9.
— A Proposal for Insurers: Continuous Policies. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 35.
— Retrospective Rating, Muffler Bearings, and You. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 43.
— Self-insured Pools: Look Before Leaping. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 45.
Ecker, R. Scott, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard G. Clarke, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig,
   Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
   Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Edgar, Robert B. Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part One of Two Parts. Vol. 11, No. 4
   (Winter 1998), p. 57.
— Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part Two of Two Parts. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p.
   47.
Ehrlich, Martin, and Allan H. Bader. Terrorist Attacks: How They Can Harm Us. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p.
   43.
Eldridge, Stephen C. Taxes: What Every Risk Manager Needs to Know About Alternative Markets. Vol. 14, No. 1
   (Spring 2000), p. 73.
Elliott, E. Donald, and Gail Charnley Elliott. Private Product-Risk Assessment and the Role of Government. Vol. 23,
   No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 73.
Ellison, John, and Jeremy Heinnickel. Obtaining Coverage for Patent Infringement Claims Involving Advertising
   Technologies. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 95.
England, Frederick J., Jr. The Future of Regional Brokers. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 5.
Eremchuk, Michael et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p.
   7.
Estep, Daniel Q. and Suzanne Hetts, Animal-Inflicted Injuries: Understanding the Risks and Designing Prevention
   Strategies, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 97.
Etue, David and Adam Nelson, Reducing the Risk of Information Leakage. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 29.
Eubank, John. The Year 2000: A (Storage) Space Odyssey. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 25.
Evans, John, James Barratt, and Collette Rawnsley. The Future of Class Actions in the European Union. Vol. 23,
   No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 34.
—Perspectives From Europe: A Pan-European Tour of a Changing Landscape. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p.
   61.

F
Fahys, Joseph. Insurance Exchanges: The Road is Rough, but Solid. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 67.
Fallert, Thomas M., and Terry C. Cavanaugh. The Link Between Electromagnetic Fields and Cancer. Vol. 12, No.
   3 (Fall 1998), p. 61.
Fallon, Geoffrey D. New Source of Nonindemnifiable Claims Against Directors and Officers. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring
   2006), p. 83.
—Tag-Along Fiduciary Claims to Shareholder Class Actions. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 81.
—Unexpected D&O Coverage Issues in Bankruptcy. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 7.
Falvo, Bruno P. Mergers and Acquisitions: A Trigger for Errors and Omissions. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 78.
Farago, Frank. Evaluating Sources of Solvency Surveillance. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 25.
—Recovering from an Extended Period of Business Interruption. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 11.
Farrow, Lee W., and Robert J. Gaffney. Managing the Complex Challenges of a Global Insurance Program: Foreign
   Clinical Trials Case Study. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 28.
Faulhaber, Robert. Better Self-Insurance Through Technology. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 33.
Fergus, Donald J. Industrial Control System Security — Current Trends and Risk Mitigation. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
   2010), p. 64.
—Mitigating the Risk of Hiring and Payroll Fraud. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 63.
Ferguson, Julie. Immigrant Workers: A Population at Risk. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 70.
Ferrone, Stephen. Municipal Self-Insureds in a Struggle for Legal Identity. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 49.
Fessey, Martin R. Bringing Risk Information to Corporate Decision-Making. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 19.
Fiorito, Robert, Purchasing Insurance and Risk Management Programs for Restaurants, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer
   2005), p. 68.
Flanagan, Matthew. Optimizing the Insurance Supply Chain. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 63.
Flanigan, George B. Duty to Defend After Exhaustion of Limits: The CGL and the Role of Lloyd’s Before 1966. Vol.
   21, No. 2 (Summer 20007), p. 36.
Fleder, John, Cathy Burgess, and Steve Niedelman. Strategic Enterprise Risk Management and Pharmaceuticals. Vol.
   23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 51.
Fletcher, Robert W. Development of Intellectual Property Insurance. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 67.
Flitner, Arthur L. The “Auto” and “Mobile Eqyipment” Changes in the General Liability and Commercial Auto Policies.
   Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 42.
— Contractors’ Commercial General Liability Coverage in Peril. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 38.
Florin, Marie-Valentine, Christopher Bunting, Ortwin Renn, and Robin Cantor. Introduction to the IRGC Risk
   Governance Framework. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 7.
Foggan, Laura A. Testimonial Privileges. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 110.
Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network, Diana Craig, and , A.V. Riswadkar. Combating Food Allergy Risks in the
   Hospitality Industry. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 53
Forrest, Andrew N. After We Survive Y2K — What’s Next? Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 49.
Forsyth, Thomas, and Paul E. B. Glad. Pollution Liability: Rediscovery of Policy Language. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987),
   p. 3.
Forsythe, Brad. Risk Management for Small Business, Vol. 18, No.4 (Winter 2005), p. 69.
Foster, Peter C. Cybercrime: Understanding, Preventing, and Recovering From the Risk. Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer
   2001) p. 57.
— Employment Practices Liability: Expansion of Risk, Risk Management, and Insurance. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer
   1999), p. 37.
— Employment Practices Software: High-Tech Solutions. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 57.
Fournier, James. Directors and Officers Insurance Coverage for Subprime Liabilities: We Have Been Here Before. Vol.
   22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 79.
Frank, Martin, and Mark Priven. Bringing Actuarial Science to the Risk Management Process. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall
   1995), p. 5.
Freeman, Emily Q. Managing Financial Data and Personal Identity Theft. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 43.
— The Privacy Issue: Balancing Trust, Security, and Risk Management. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 21.
Freeman, Emily Q., and Gary M. Slep. Managing E-business Risks. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 19.
Freeman, Leland G., and Robert P. Lombardi. The “Millennium Bug”: Legal Symptoms and a Prescription to Treat
   Them. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 17.
Friedel, Wolfgang F. The Efficient Risk Frontier Theory. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 63.

G
Gaffney, Robert J., and Lee W. Farrow. Managing the Complex Challenges of a Global Insurance Program: Foreign
  Clinical Trials Case Study. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 28.
Gagliardi, Anthony L., Jr. Alternative Risk Financing Programs in a Changing Insurance Market. Vol. 10, No. 2
  (Summer 1996), p. 15.
Galanti, Joseph, and Daniel Lentz. The Toxic Mold Hourglass. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 50.
Galer, Donna. Born Global. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 85.
—Clearly Differentiating Between the Old and New Models of Risk Management: A Discussion of ERM Today. Vol.
  21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 20.
—Managing Through the Turbulence. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 7.
— Recognizing the Value of ERM. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 61.
—Strategic Considerations for the Insurance Industry. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 84.
Galer, Donna, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Robert P. Hartwig,
  Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Garbowski, Mark. Pursuing “Professional” Coverage under CGL Policies: Handling the Professional Services Exclusion.
  Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 77.
Gault, Robert M. Employment Practices Liability: Surviving the Legal Maze. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 5.
Garis, John N. Changing the Focus of Accident Prevention. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 90.
Gavin, John N. Collecting on Claims Against Insolvent Insurers. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 19.
Gebhardt, Klaus A. Strategies for Dealing with the European Insurance Market. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 23.
Gerasimova, Inna, Nadezhda Artemieva, and Yana Streltsova. Russian Insurance Today from a Russian Insurer’s
  Viewpoint. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 53.
Germano, Connie. Managing the Emerging Risks of Nanotechnology. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 30.
Ghironi, Katrina. The Challenge of Environmental Underwriting. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 98.
Gilbert, Bruce J. A “Best Practices” Program for Managing Workers Compensation Costs. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer
  1996), p. 49.
Gilinsky, Marshall. Limitations on Privilege When Attorneys Act as Claims Handlers. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008),
  p. 79.
Gillett, Roger, and Robert Davis. Rent-a-Captives: Why Own When You Can Rent? Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005),
  p. 17.
Glad, Paul E. B., and Thomas Forsyth. Pollution Liability: Rediscovery of Policy Language. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987),
  p. 3.
Glazier, Donald. Change Is Here: The New SEC Disclosure Rules. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 59.
Glen, Jeffrey E. D&O Insurance — Are You Getting the Coverage You Thought You Bought? Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall
  2008), p. 100.
Gliedman, Diana Shafter. The Claim Game. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 85.
Gliedman, Diana Shafter, and Kanishka Agarwala. Insurance Coverage for the Alleged Sale of Counterfeit Goods.
  Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 96.
Glover, Paul W. Workers Compensation Costs: Manage with Care. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 32.
Gold, Joshua. “Death of Company”: Insurance Coverage in Bankruptcy. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 93.
—General Liability Coverage for Asbestos, Environmental, and Year 2000 Claims. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p.
  55.
Gold, Joshua, and Rhonda L. Johnson. Product-Recall Losses and Liabilities: First- and Third-Party Coverage. Vol.
  15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 17.
Goldman, Stephen M. Is London Bridge Falling Down? Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 3.
Goodman, Marc, D., Susan Brenner, and Leo L. Clarke, Cyberterrorism: A Review of the Prospects and the Risks,
  Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), P. 42.
Goodman, Mark R. Who Pays When Your Insurer Becomes Insolvent? Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 22.
Gordon, Victor. Business Continuity Plan Maintenance: Often-Neglected Key to Business Survival. Vol. 16, No. 3
  (Fall 2002), p. 100.
—Business Continuity Planning: Lessons Learned from a Decade of Mega-Disasters. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p.
  32.
—Communicating Intent: The Key to Integrated and Coordinated Enterprise Risk Solutions. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall
  2004), p. 39.
—Developing Crisis Action Plans: How to Inject Organizational Knowledge Into Decision-Making. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall
  2006), p. 39.
—Emerging Issue Management: A Necessity in Today’s Rapidly Changing Business Environment. Vol. 17, No. 2
  (Summer 2003), p. 69.
Gordon, Victor, and A.V. Riswadkar. Behavior-Based Safety and the Five Whys. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p.
  25.
—Risk Mapping: An Essential Step for Assessing and Managing Enterprise Risk. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p.
  73.
Gordon, Victor, Mark E. Hetherington, and Rolf Schmid. The Impact of Globalization on Risk Management. Vol.
  15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 73.
Gow, Brad, Cyber Risk: Insuring the Escalating Threats From New Technology Exposures. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring
  2006), p. 7.
Gow, Brad, and Paul Dietrich, Architecture and Engineering: Managing New Risks in a Rapidly Changing Industry,
  Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 47.
Grange, Jeffrey S., and Wendy J. Dowd. Operational Risk: Now Front and Center. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002),
  p. 43.
Gray, James C., Bank Directors and Officers Liability: Some Special Considerations, Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p.
  39.
Green, John J., Consumer Privacy Issues, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 7.
Greenway, Ian R. Maritime Employees and Marine Workers Compensation. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 55.
Grigg, David, and Georges Pigault. Addressing Professional Liability Exposures on Design and Construction Projects.
  Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 49.
Gupta, Ajay. Crisis or Opportunity: The Liability Dilemma. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 104.
Guthart, Bruce D. The Growing Need for Personal Directors & Officers Liability Protection. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer
  2003), p. 95.
H
Hackenburg, P. Richard. A Sea Change for Risk Managers — A Season for New Thinking. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Fall 2002),
  p. 51.
Haddick, C.J. Room to Breathe: The “Return” of the Insurer’s Right of Discretion in Claims Handling. Vol. 23, No. 4
  (Winter 2010), p. 38.
Hale, Donald V., and Allan M. Muir. The Marriage of Workers Compensation and Employment Practices Liability
  Insurance in Maine. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 33.
Hallenbeck, Robert P., Jr. Environmental Insurance: Helping Turn Old Military Bases Into Something New. Vol. 22,
  No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 19.
Hallet, Dawn V., and Janet D. Moylan. Coping with the Green Machine. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 3.
Hallett, Thomas V. In Search of Super Project Serendipity. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 19.
Hamburger, Max, and Allan H. Bader. Objective Tests Reduce Costs and Workplace Injuries. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall
  1997), p. 67.
Hanway, H. Edward. Prospects for U.S. Insurers in the Global Marketplace. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 23.
Hansen, Kirk. Virtual Adjusting: Today’s Solution to Today’s Problems. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 58.
Harckham, Finley T.R. Navigating the Murky Waters of Marine Cargo Insurance. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 7.
Harckham, Finley, and Marvin Milton. Five Steps Ahead of the Loss. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 84.
Hardiman, Alex D. How to Avoid Collateral Damage to Your Workers Compensation Program. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
  2010), p. 75.
Harodecki, Meredith et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p.
  7.
Harris, John R. Managing the Risks of Patents: Changes on the Horizon for Business Method Patents. Vol. 22, No. 2
  (Summer 2008), p. 46.
Hart, Andrea Trimble. Directors and Officers Liability Insurance — The Rules Are Tougher Now, Vol. 16, No. 4
  (Winter 2003), p. 26.
Hartwig, Robert P. ART 101: A Primer on Alternative Risk Transfer. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 7.
— Employment Practices Liability: The Evolution of an Equal Opportunity Menace. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999),
  p. 7.
— International Financial Market Volatility: A Major Obstacle to Non-Life Insurer Growth. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter
   1999), p. 7.
— Rogue Employees and the Legendary Super Rogue: A Risk Manager’s Worst Nightmare. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring
  2001), p. 7.
— September 11, 2001: One Hundred Minutes of Terror That Changed the Global Insurance Industry Forever. Vol.
  15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 7.
—September 11, 2001: The First Year. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 15.
Hartwig, Robert P., Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer,
  Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Hartwig, Robert P. and Claire Wilkinson, Medical Malpractice Insurance: Behind the Chaos. Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring
  2003), p. 63.
—Obesity, Liability, and Insurance. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 78.
—Silica Liability: The Next Asbestos? Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), P. 35.
Hartwig, Robert p., Gordon Stewart, and Claire Wilkinson. Terrorism, Insurance, and the Role of the United States
  Government, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 25.
Hasch, Jennifer A., Lorelie S. Masters, and Susan C. Levy. Absolutely Not Total: State Courts Recognize the Historical
  Limits of the Absolute” and “Total” Pollution Exclusions. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 31.
Hassett, Lewis E., Esq. and Tacita A. Mikel Scott, Esq. Till Termination Do Us Part: A Primer on Effectively
  Managing Today’s Work Force. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 43.
Hawkes, Leslie J. Corporate Governance and Sarbanes-Oxley — Boon or Bust for D&O Insurers? Vol. 17, No. 4
  (Winter 2004), p. 80.
—Loss Control Today: It’s Not Just About Inspections and Recommendations Anymore. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer
  2003), p. 90.
Hazelton, William P. and Karl J. Russek. Going Global — Emerging International Issues for Environmental Programs.
  Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 17.
Hazelton, William P. and Douglas W. Oliver, Strategic Risk Management of Environmental Liabilities, Vol. 16, No.
  4 (Winter 2003), p. 48.
Healey, Quill O., Paul O’Connell, Joseph L. Petrelli, Matthew Mosher, and Roger Sellek. Symposium: Reserve
  Adequacy. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 5.
Heim, Lawrence M, and Peter Romaine. Products-Pollution Risk Identification and Transfer. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
  2004), p. 102.
Heinnickel, Jeremy, and John Ellison. Obtaining Coverage for Patent Infringement Claims Involving Advertising
  Technologies. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 95.
Hencke, James E. Proactive Management of Your Y2K Exposure. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 33.
Henderson, Donald B., Jr. Securing Reinsurance with Letters of Credit. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 33.
— Coming to Terms in Reinsurance Disputes. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 50.
Henry, Patricia A., and Karl J. Russek. Insurance Response to Pollution: Past, Present, and Future. Vol. 18, No. 1
  (Spring 2004), p. 7.
Henry, Susan, and Richard Mayfield. Cost of Risk Allocation: System Design and Practical Application. Vol. 12, No.
  4 (Winter 1999), p. 67.
Henry, William J. A Self-Insurance Primer for Public Entities. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 53.
Herlihy, Mike, and Gregg Bundschuh. E-Discovery Rules and Risks: Understanding the Real-World Rules for the
  Virtual World of Electronic Documentation. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 70.
Hernandez, Gary A. Controlling Abuse in the Surplus Lines Market. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 47.
Hester, Edward J. Europe Charts a New Course for Product Liability. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987) p. 10.
— Meeting the Challenge of Insurance Without Borders. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 3.
— Opening the Doors to Europe’s Single Market. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 3.
Hetherington, Mark E., Victor Gordon, and Rolf Schmid. The Impact of Globalization on Risk Management. Vol.
  15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 73.
Hetts, Suzanne and Daniel Q. Estep, Animal-Inflicted Injuries: Understanding the Risks and Designing Prevention
  Strategies, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 97.
Hickey, Russell, Michael DiSilvestro, and Cameron Stracher. Corporate Expression: The High Cost of Free Speech.
  Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 81.
Higdon, Keith M. Understanding the Data Life Cycle for the Effective Analysis of Risk. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010),
  p. 59.
Hiller, Florian, Steve Knutson, A.V. Riswadkar, and Jürg Schmid. Medications in Water. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
  2010), p. 86.
Hitt, Robert. E-commerce and the Insurance Industry. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 11.
Hoffman, Michael H., Kenneth R. Rado, and Robert J. Schneider. Cyber War, ERM, and the Supply Chain. Vol.
  23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 80.
—ERM and Pandemics, Part 2; The Military Model: Changing the Outcome. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 73.
Hoffman, William. Germany’s New Environmental Liability Act: Its Impact on Insurance. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
  1991), p. 21.
Holinski, Edward. The E-Learning Landscape: Are You a Learner or the Learned? Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 28.
Holland, Kent. J. Jr. and Richard Zaradona. New Standard for Environmental Site Assessments: Insurance and Risk
  Management. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 20.
Hollenbeck, Randall. Interactive Driver Training — A Best Practice for Transportation Safety. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall
  1999), p. 81.
Horewitz, Jessica B., and Jorge Sirgo. Forecasting Mesothelioma: Improvements in the Nicholson Methodology Are
  Better Predictors of the Recent Past. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 57.
Hougland, Whayne M., Alternative Dispute Resolution in Employment Actions, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p.
  80.
Houston, Daniel W., and Anthony J. Ten-Barge. Defending Against Product Liability Claims. Vol. 11, No. 2
  (Summer 1997), p. 11.
Howard, Judith Hall, and Jerold Oshinsky. Directors and Officers Liability Insurance: A Coverage Analysis. Vol. 5,
  No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 34.
— Environmental Impairment Liability Claims: Major Coverage Issues for Policyholders. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p.
  67.
Howes, George E. Designing an Effective Reporting System for Employment Practices. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999),
  p. 63.
Huntsman, Rena et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Hutchin, James W. Global Risk Management in a Post-September 11 World. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 41.
— Managing Risk in a Global Environment. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 16.
— A World of “Don’t Knows”: September 11 One Year Later. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 7.
Hutchin, James W. and Norman A. Baglini. Risk and Insurance in a Post-Gulf Catastrophe World. Vol. 24, No. 3
  (Fall 2010), p. 7.

I
Infelise, Robert D., and Jeffrey D. Masters. Construction Projects: A Survey of the Latest Liability Coverage Cases.
   Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 19.
Ingram, John S. Corporate Social Responsibility in China. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 7.
—Data Security: Defensive Driving on the Information Superhighway. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 49.
Insua, Nicholas M., and Richard P. Lewis. Considering the Wider Effects of the Catastrophe in a Business Income Loss.
   Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 47.
Ishikawa, Barbara, and Michael Marcon. Collateral Options for Risk Financing Programs. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer
   1994), p. 35.
Israelsen, D. Brent , and Tracy Scott. Electronic Signatures — Risk Management in Cyberspace. Vol. 17, No. 4
   (Winter 2004), p. 68.
Ives, David W. Claims Handling: Understanding the Process. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 30.
J
Jablonowski, Mark. The ABCs of High-Stakes Decisions, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 26.
— Analyzing Risk With Loss Scenario Flow Charts. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 23.
— Bringing Accidental Loss Analysis to the Risk Manager’s Desktop. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 35.
— Building Holistic Risk Skills. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 53.
— Dealing With the Unknown. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 35.
— Finding a Working Model for Retention Evaluation. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 61.
— From Risk Maps to Decisions. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 77.
— Identifying Uncertainty in “Risk Maps.” Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 27.
— Insurance Purchasing as “Financial Precaution”. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 45.
— Precaution: A Working Model. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 41.
— Precautionary Risk Management, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 21.
Jablonowski, Mark et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Jacobs, Matthew L., and Susan L. Buckingham. Coverage Litigation Issues in General Liability Insurance. Vol. 6, No.
   1 (Spring 1992), p. 3.
Jacobs, Robert, Andrea Tecce, and James Deaver. Emerging Solutions for Risk Transfer in Product Liability. Vol. 23,
   No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 18.
Jacobus, Jay. Captives: More Than Just a Way to Finance Risk. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 11.
James, Nancy P., and Ann R. Truett. Electronic Data: New Technology, New Risks. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p.
   39.
Jankauskas, Janina A., Andrew D. Magee, Ellen E. Moyer, and William J. Rizzo, Jr. Determining the Presence of
   Hazardous Materials. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 43.
Jenaway, William F. Coping With Disaster: Put the Pieces Together Before It Happens. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p.
   27.
Jennings, Gary. Abundant Claims Information: Boon or Bane? Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 47.
— A Risk Manager’s Guide to Claims Reserving, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 62.
Jennings, Will. London 2012: Olympic Risk, Risk Management, and Olymponomics. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008),
   p. 39.
Joerling, Kevin S. Hope for the Best, Plan for the Worst. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 67.
Johnson, Peter. Lodgian: A Case Study in On-Line Risk Management. Vol. 14 No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 22.
Johnson, Rhonda L., and Joshua Gold. Product-Recall Losses and Liabilities: First- and Third-Party Coverage. Vol.
   15, No. 2. (Summer 2001), p. 17.
Johnson, Scott G., David E. Bland, and Patrick E. Shipstead. Sue and Labor Coverage for Year 2000 Remediation
   Expenses. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 85.
Johnson, Stan, and Kevin O’Toole. Exploring Common Business Interruption Issues. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p.
   59.
Jordan, David G. and Jeffrey J. Vita. Application of the Workers Compensation Exclusivity Rule Under Wrap-Up
   Insurance Programs. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 44.
Julien, Denis L., and Jonathan L. Alpert. Risk Management Issues in Business Reorganization. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall
   1993), p. 45.
K
Kaiser, Thomas G. Assessing Business Interruption Exposures in Changing Times. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p.
   49.
Kalis, Peter J. Settling Complex Environmental Insurance Litigation. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 33.
Kalis, Peter J., and Thomas M. Reiter. Countering “Expected or Intended” Defense Tactics in Environmental Coverage
   Disputes. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 47.
Kalis, Peter J., Thomas M. Reiter, and Chris Michael Temple. Covering the Fields: Accessing Historical General
   Liability Policies for EMF-Related Claims. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 43.
Kane, James, and Robb Lanham. Under a Good Umbrella: Solutions for Personal Liability Exposure. Vol. 19, No. 4
   (Winter 2006), p. 89.
Kassis, Albert. Risk Management Considerations in Regard to Corporate E-Mail and Electronic Documents. Vol. 22,
   No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 52.
Kawamoto, Brian M. Derivatives: Managing the Risks and Seizing the Opportunities, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996),
   p. 11.
— The Pacific Rim: A Changing Legal Climate for Directors and Officers. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 41.
Keebler, George David. Going On-Line: What Risk Managers Want. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 17.
Keenan, R. Mark, Employee Discrimination Claims: Are You Covered? Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 35.
Kelly, William J. Europe and Canada: Directors and Officers Increasingly at Risk. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p.
   33.
— Bringing It All Together: The Risk Management Link, Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 5.
Kennedy, Robert F. Minimizing the Impact of Reinsurer Insolvency. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 35.
Kensington, Costa N., and Wendy Williamson. Corporate Responses to D&O Indemnification Following Schoon v.
   Troy. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 15.
Kensington, Costa N., and Wendy J. Williamson. Update: Delaware Amendment in Response to Schoon v. Troy.
   Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 83.
Kiburtz, Jeffrey A. Insurance as a Recovery Enhancement Tool, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 72.
— Insuring Against the Potential Real Estate Bubble: Steps a Bank Can Take Now to Mitigate Future Risk. Vol. 20,
   No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 59.
King, Joseph L., and Carolyn M. Casavan. Environmental Crisis Prevention and Management. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter
  2001), p. 47.
Kingsbury, Rodger, and John Krembs. Assessing Business Interruption Interdependency Exposures. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall
  1987), p. 51.
Klehs, Karsten. D&O Risks and Premiums on the Rise. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 63.
Klein, Larry L. Risk: How Much Is Too Much? Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 29.
Klink, George R. Directors and Officers Liability in the Current Insurance Market. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p.
  54.
— A Review of Selected Coverages. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 52.
— Some Thoughts on The Risk Retention Act. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 74.
Klose, Margaret and Douglas W. Oliver, Understanding the Best Use of Alternative Risk Transfer Methods. Vol. 17,
  No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 7.
Knutson, Steve, A.V. Riswadkar, Jürg Schmid, and Florian Hiller. Medications in Water. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
  2010), p. 86.
Koblenz, Michael R., and Russell Witten. Beyond Energy: Financial Service Opportunities in the Arabian Gulf. Vol.
  22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 66.
Korte, David C., and Julie Reese. Hiring and Firing: A Prescription to Protect Employers. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring
  1992), p. 35.
Koska, Detlef K. Turn Disaster to Your Advantage With an Operations Recovery Strategy. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995),
  p. 23.
Kotansky, William J. Excess Insurers: Assuming the Risk of Primary Insolvencies? Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p.
  33.
Kovalcik, Joseph C. et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p.
  7.
Kral, Gerald M., and Daniel T. Torpey. Protecting Edison: Capturing Intellectual Property Risk. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall,
  2001), p. 57.
Kramer, Ann V. Settlement Agreements: Getting to the Final Chapter. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 15.
Kreh, Gordon W. Bringing Loss Prevention to Holistic Risk Management. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 5.
Krembs, John, and Rodger Kingsbury. Assessing Business Interruption Interdependency Exposures. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall
  1987), p. 51.
Krishnan, Suresh. Beyond “Nonadmitted”: A Closer Look at Trends Affecting Today’s Multinational Insurance
  Programs. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 15.
Kubec, Karen A. Coping with Automation of “Simplified” Commercial Lines. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 39.
Kula, John S. The Cost of Employee Misconduct: A Million-Dollar Mistake. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), P. 35.
Kunreuther, Howard. The Role of Insurance and Mitigation in Reducing Disaster Losses. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994),
  p. 11.
Kush, Brent R. Business Income: Achieving a Fair Claim Settlement. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 53.
Kutz, Joyce. Marine Liability: Will Your Business Stay Afloat Without It? Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 47.
L
Ladner, Gerald F. The New Risk Management Paradox: Social Trends, Risk Management, and Public Policy. Vol. 22,
  No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 7.
Lamport, Stanley W. Progressive Loss Claims: Who Pays? Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 52.
Lang, Greg, and Ralph Cagnetta, Turning Risk Into Reward. Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 31.
Lanham, Robb, and James Kane. Under a Good Umbrella: Solutions for Personal Liability Exposure. Vol. 19, No. 4
  (Winter 2006), p. 89.
Lanning, Earl R., Shifting Trends in Excess and Surplus Lines. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 67.
Lavoie, Daniel R., and Andrew J. Perel. Got Mold? The Growing Concern Over Toxic Mold and How Insurers Are
  Dealing With It. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 7.
Lawrence, Dallas, and Richard Levick. Risk Management and the Digital Revolution: A Practical Guide for Meeting
  the New Information Challenge. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2020), p. 57.
Lawson, Rodger S., Maurice R. Greenberg, Dennis H. Chookaszian, Charles Fiske, and John C. Cross. Symposium:
  McCarran-Ferguson. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 7.
Leahy, Michael J. Asbestos Abatement from a Property Insurance Perspective. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 18.
Lee, Charles R. A Captive Niche for the Medium-Sized Business. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 17.
Lee, Charles R., and Joilou M. Wilson. Evaluating Group Workers Compensation. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p.
  41.
Lee, David A. Employee Stress. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 33.
Lee, Sam K. and Kenneth W. Neitzer. A Marriage Made in Heaven: Choosing the Right Service for Your Alternative
  Risk Program. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 87.
Lentz, Daniel, and Joseph Galanti. The Toxic Mold Hourglass. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 50.
Levasseur, William R. A Recovery Program for Ailing Vocational Rehabilitation Systems. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter
  1991), p. 18.
Levick, Dwight E. Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 57.
— Auditing a Risk Management and Insurance Program. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 59.
— Coverage Disputes: Who Has the Upper Hand? Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 69.
— Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 101.
— Fiduciary Liability Insurance: Some Coverage Considerations. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 67.
— Fine-Tuning Some Common Policy Provisions. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 61.
— How to Evaluate Retrospective Rating Proposals. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 56.
— Insurance for Construction Risks—Part Two. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 53.
— Insuring Against Flood and Other Water Damage Losses. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 30.
— Insuring Against Risks of Loss in Foreign Countries. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 85.
— Insuring Against the Risks of Owning or Using Aircraft. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 57.
— Insuring Boiler and Machinery Risks. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 77.
— Insuring Property in Transit. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 51.
— Leases of Premises: Property Insurance Considerations. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 53.
— Leases of Premises—Part II: Liability Considerations. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 59.
— Leasing Personal Property: Some Insurance Considerations. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 57.
— A Look at the Business Auto Policy. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 54.
— A Look at Ocean Cargo Insurance. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 59.
— Mergers and Acquisitions: A Challenge for Risk Management. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 63.
— Property Insurance for Construction Risks. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 56.
— Pursuing Coverage for Pollution Liability Claims. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 49.
— Reporting Occurrences, Claims, and Losses. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 59.
— Searching History for Pollution Liability Coverage. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 35.
— Standard Policy Forms Undergo Another Round of Revisions. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 59.
— Untangling the “Who Is Insured” Web. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 52.
— An Update on ISO Policy Forms and Endorsements. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 52.
— Using Deductibles Effectively. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 57.
— Using the Surplus Lines Markets. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 60.
— What to Look for in an Umbrella Liability Policy. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 43.
—Workers Compensation: Covering the Hidden Exposures. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 57.
— Workers Compensation: Evaluating the Self-Insurance Option. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 52.
— Workers Compensation Laws: Who Is Obligated and How Can They Comply? Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p.
  59.
— Wrongful Termination Claims: The Search for Coverage. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 58.
Levick, Richard, and Dallas Lawrence. Risk Management and the Digital Revolution: A Practical Guide for Meeting
  the New Information Challenge. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2020), p. 57.
Levine, Arthur J. “Mercenary, Mendacious Mythology”? Part I. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 84.
— “Mercenary, Mendacious Mythology”? Part II. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 49.
Levy, Susan C., Lorelie S. Masters, and Jennifer A. Hasch. Absolutely Not Total: State Courts Recognize the Historical
  Limits of the “Absolute” and “Total” Pollution Exclusions. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 31.
Lewis, Richard P. Litigating Contingent Business Income Claims. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 21.
Lewis, Richard P., and Nicholas M. Insua. Considering the Wider Effects of the Catastrophe in a Business Income Loss.
  Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 47.
Lewis, Steven. How to Survive a Computer Disaster. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 21.
Litan, Robert E. Avoiding Insurer Insolvencies: Lessons for the Thrift Crisis. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 3.
Logan, Patricia. Finessing Your Fiduciary Liabilities. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer2000), p. 7.
Lombardi, Robert P. Internet Liability and Privacy: Keeping On-Line Users In-Line. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998),
  p. 27.
Lombardi, Robert P., and Leland G. Freeman. The “Millennium Bug”: Legal Symptoms and a Prescription to Treat
  Them. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 17.
Louis, Claire M. Managing Corporate Asbestos Risks. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), P. 49.
Lucey, Jean. “All Disasters Is Local.” Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 93.
— Allocation Issues in D&O Liability Insurance. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 80.
— Avoiding Employer Liability Benefits Us All. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 109.
— Avoiding Surprises. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 94.
— Back to the Basics. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 93.
— The Birth of an Insurance Product. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 101.
— Can and Should the NAIC Accreditation Program Be Saved? Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 96.
— Capital Markets and Insurers. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 79.
— Changes in Commercial Lines Regulation. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 85.
— Consolidation Conundrums. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 105.
— Copyright and Competition. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 133.
— Credit Reports: Underwriting Tools or Trouble? Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 79.
— Electromagnetic Fields: The Jury Is Still Out. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 78.
— Financial Services Sales Convergence and ART. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), P. 101.
— Global Warming and the Insurance Industry. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 79.
— Insurance Archaeology: Ancient Solutions to Contemporary Problems. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 79.
— ISO 9000: Certifying the Quality of Insurance Products and Services. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 67.
— I Don’t Consider Myself a Luddite, But … Is the Internet Right for Insurance Sales? Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002),
  p. 93.
— Is Bigger Always Better, or Can Less Be More? Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 85.
— A Look at Financial Insurance and Reinsurance. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 79.
— The New Professions. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 101.
— Precautionary Risk Management: Dealing With Catastrophic Loss Potentials in Business, the Community and Society.
   Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007). p. 103.
— Risk Management for Computer Security: Protecting Your Network and Information Assets, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer
   2005), p. 85.
— Society and Insurance: Contemporary Underwriting Issues. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 83.
— Some Recent Supreme Court News of Interest. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 79.
— Sue and Labor: Past Gives Context to Present. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 89.
— The Tobacco Wars. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 79.
— The Unicover Experience and Current Regulations. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 109.
— Will Compromise Save Superfund Reform? Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 107.
— Will the Cycle Be Unbroken? Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 79.
Luck, Michael and Vijay Manghnani, Global Warming — Managing Your Weather-Related Risks, Vol. 17, No. 3
  (Fall 2003), p. 32.
Lundegren, Mark. Public Entity Pools, Micro-Pooling, and Super-Pools. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 37.
Lux, Paul N. and John J. Catrabone. Shopping a la Carte in a Buffet Environment. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p.
  59.
Lux, Paul N., and Christopher A. Mote. Prepare for the Worst, Hope for the Best: A Claims Process Overview, Vol.
  18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 47.
Lux, Paul N., and Brad Murlick. The Insurable Value Proposition — When a Number is More Than Just a Number.
  Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 72.
Lyman, Mary, and Robin Cantor. Recent State Tort Reforms and Legal Decisions: Better News for Asbestos Defendants?
  Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 39.
Lyman, Mary, Robin Cantor, and Richard Reiss. Asbestos Claims and Litigation. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009),
  p. 28.
Lynch, Patrick M., and Timothy J. Metke. Designing the Optimal Primary Casualty Program: The General Patton
  Approach. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 31.
M
Macdonald, James W. Terrorism, Insurance, and TRIA: Are We Asking the Right Questions? Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer
  2004), p. 87.
— Underwriting Discipline in a Softening Market. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 32.
Macdonald, James W. and William N. Curcio. Captives and Terrorism Risk, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 17.
MacMeekin, Don. Captives for the Middle Market. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 29.
Magee, Andrew D., Ellen E. Moyer, William J. Rizzo, Jr., and Janina A. Jankauskas. Determining the Presence of
  Hazardous Materials. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 43.
Mahlstedt, Roy G. Managing Data to Lower Your Cost of Risk. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 41.
Maloney, Michael J. Preventing and Tackling Employee Claims of Corporate Wrongdoing. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer
  1999), p. 49.
Manetta, Richard. Controlling Workers Compensation Claims Costs. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 13.
Maneval, Andrew. Are Insureds Obligated to Read Their Policies? Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 29.
Mangan, Benjamin W. Forklift Safety Training Raises the Bottom Line. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 111.
Manghnani, Vijay and Michael Luck, Global Warming — Managing Your Weather-Related Risks, Vol. 17, No. 3
  (Fall 2003), p. 32.
Mannel, Susan. Embezzlement Controls and Safeguards for Financial Institutions. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), P. 45.
Manor, Rob. Electromagnetic Fields: What Are the Liability Risks? Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 36.
Mansour, Barry K. Kidnap, Ransom, and Extortion Risks — The Inside Story. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 37.
Marcon, Michael, and Barbara Ishikawa. Collateral Options for Risk Financing Programs. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer
  1994), p. 35.
Marcon, Michael C., and Mark Priven. Actuarial Issues in Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999),
  p. 59.
Marlin, John Tepper and Peter Rousmaniere. Counting the Cost: How to Measure the Net Impact of a Major Urban
  Disaster. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p.24.
Marquet, Christopher T. Identity Theft: How Companies and Consumers Can Combat the Nightmare, Vol. 18, No.
  2 (Summer 2004), p. 79.
Martin, Rob, and Jon Booren, Safeguard Against Negligence Issues in Fleet Management, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer
  2005), p. 61.
Marziano, Frederic G. Moving Cases Out of the Tort System. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 20.
Masters, Jeffrey D. Structuring Liability Insurance Programs for Construction Projects. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988),
  p. 3.
Masters, Jeffrey D., and Robert D. Infelise. Construction Projects: A Survey of the Latest Liability Coverage Cases.
  Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 19.
Masters, Lorelie S. Arbitration Clauses in Liability Policies: A Ticket to Ride? Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 33.
— Covering Cyberspace and Computer Liabilities. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 69.
Masters, Lorelie S., Susan C. Levy, and Jennifer A. Hasch. Absolutely Not Total: State Courts Recognize the Historical
  Limits of the “Absolute” and “Total” Pollution Exclusions. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 31.
Mattaliano, Renee, Jeff Chilcott, Lance Perry, A.V. Riswadkar, and Clayton Shoup. Turning “Silver” Into “Gold”:
  Strategies for Working With the Ever-growing Aging Work Force. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 50.
Maurer, Brad A. Environmental Insurance Solutions for Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p.
  17.
Mayfield, Richard, and Susan Henry. Cost of Risk Alloction: System Design and Practical Application. Vol. 12, No.
  4 (Winter 1999), p. 67.
McAlear, Charles A. Another Perspective on Claims Made. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 71.
McAndrew, Rosemary M. Captives: Here to Stay. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 53.
McCarthy, James M., Jr., and Terry D. Montgomery. Structuring an Ocean Cargo Insurance Program. Vol. 13, No.
  3 (Fall 1999), p. 13.
McDermott-Lucey, Jean. Managing Global Security Risks. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 19.
McGhee, Neil. The Automobile “Crisis” in Massachusetts. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 33.
McGregor, Gregor I. Establishing the Level of Care for Site Assessments. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 24.
— Landowner Liability for Hazardous Waste. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 29.
McIntyre, Michael C. An Inside Look at the HPR Property Insurance Market. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 37.
McKenna, Peter. A Novel and Necessary Approach to Management Liabilities of Small- and Mid-Cap Public Companies.
  Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006). p. 100.
Mead, Michael R. The Regulation of Captives. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 63.
Meltzer, Susan R. et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Memedova, Selina, Directors and Officers Liability: Loss Control and Prevention Strategies, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter
  2003), p. 79.
Merrigan, John, and Erwin Wolf. Implications for Insurance When Control Changes Hands. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring
  2005), p. 44.
Metke, Timothy J., and Patrick M. Lynch. Designing the Optimal Primary Casualty Program: The General Patton
  Approach. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 31.
Mikel Scott, Tacita, and E. Abena Antwi. Leased Employees and Other Contingent Workers: Panacea or Pandora’s
  Box? Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 62.
Mikel Scott, Tacita A., Esq. and Lewis E. Hassett, Esq. Till Termination Do Us Part: A Primer on Effectively
  Managing Today’s Work Force. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 43.
Mikel Scott, Tacita A., Esq., and Steven J. Pritchett, Esq. Supporting Our Troops in the Workplace: An Introduction
  to the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006),
  23.
Miller, Arthur, Bradley Murlick, and Melanie Neumann. Product Recalls: Recall Prevention Strategies to Reduce
  Product Liability Risk. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 7.
Miller, James K., and José M. Torres. Integrated-Risk Programs: Meeting the Challenges of a Global Environment. Vol.
  12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 51.
Miller, Richard M. Satisfying the Changing Needs of Risk Management. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 14.
Miller, Russell R. Images of a Changing Insurance World. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 48.
Miller, Susan E., and Gregory S. Thaler. International Insurance Claims: Managing Multinational Exposures. Vol.
  12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 27.
Millican, William. When Information Management Becomes Risky Business. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 29.
Milton, Marvin, and Finley Harckham. Five Steps Ahead of the Loss. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 84.
Miterko, Peter M. Human Resources: A Place to Save in Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999),
  p. 35.
Moeller, Larry G., and William D. O’Connell. Accounting for Depreciation in a Business Interruption Loss. Vol. 6,
  No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 27.
Montanaro, Kimberley E. Constructing a Solid Foundation as an Additional Insured. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006),
  p. 94.
Monteleone, Joseph P., Directors and Officers Liability Insurance: The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Other Issues,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), P. 39.
— Limiting the Liabilities of Directors and Officers. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 3.
— Wrongful Employment Practices Claims: Will Your Liability Policies Respond? Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 3.
Montgomery, Terry D., and James M. McCarthy, Jr. Structuring an Ocean Cargo Insurance Program. Vol. 13, No.
  3 (Fall 1999), p. 13.
Moody, Michael J. Association and Group Captives: Ten Keys to Success. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 20.
Mooney, James E. Techniques for Handling the Risks of Electronic Data Technology. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991),
  p. 26.
Moore, Robert H. Meeting the Demands of the Workplace of the ‘90s. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 7.
Moriarty, Kevin and Kathleen H. Davis, Vermont’s Thriving Captive Insurance Industry: Alternative Risk Financing
  in the Green Mountain State, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 17.
Moriarty, William E., Jr. Determining Cost of Risk: A Case Study. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 3.
Morrison, John W. Recent Developments in Seepage and Pollution. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 46.
Mosher, Matthew, Quill O. Healey, Paul O’Connell, Joseph L. Petrelli, and Roger Sellek. Symposium: Reserve
  Adequacy. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 5.
Moskowitz, Avraham C., Eugene R. Anderson, and Giovanni Rodriguez. Is There a Way to Finance Environmental
  Cleanup Liability? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
Mote, Christopher A., and Paul N. Lux, Prepare for the Worst, Hope for the Best: A Claims Process Overview, Vol.
  18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 47.
Moye, Mike, and Roger Watson. Flood Insurance: Deep Waters of Confusion. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 3.
Moyer, Ellen E., William J. Rizzo, Jr., Janina A. Jankauskas, and Andrew D. Magee. Determining the Presence of
  Hazardous Materials. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 43.
Moylan, Janet D., and Dawn V. Hallet. Coping with the Green Machine. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 3.
Muir, Allan M., and Donald v. Hale. The Marriage of Workers Compensation and Employment Practices Liability
  Insurance in Maine. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 33.
Mulrennan, Sheila. Insurance Archaeology: Unearthing Unexpected Assets to Cover Unexpected Liabilities. Vol. 7,
  No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 21.
— The Evolving Art of Insurance Archaeology. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 83.
Mulrennan, Sheila, and William G. Passannante. Finding and Proving Lost Insurance Coverage. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall
  2007), p. 53.
Mürer, Fredrik. Political Risk: Balancing the Risks and Rewards of Emerging Markets. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p.
  17.
Murlick, Brad. Managing the Risks of Product Recall. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 70.
Murlick, Bradley, Arthur Miller, and Melanie Neumann. Product Recalls: Recall Prevention Strategies to Reduce
  Product Liability Risk. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 7.
Murlick, Brad, and Paul N. Lux. The Insurable Value Proposition — When a Number is More Than Just a Number.
  Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 72.
Murlick, Bradley D., Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer,
  Robert P. Hartwig, and Jonathan E. Turner, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Murphy, Michael. The Surety Industry: Light at the End of the Tunnel? Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 79.
Murray, Susanne Mast and Fred T. Podolsky. Directors and Officers Liability Forecast and State of the Insurance
  Market. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 77.
— The D&O Insurance Market Today. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 7.
— The Insurance D&O Market Today. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 17.
—Protecting Your Directors and Officers From Liability: Examining Indemnification and Insurance. Vol. 19, No. 1
  (Spring 2005), p. 7.
—2007 Liability Snapshot and D&O Marketplace Trends, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 7.
Murray, Susanne. Risk Exposures for Directors and Officers in “Going Private” Transactions. Vol. 15, No. 2. (Summer
  2001), p. 49.
Myers, Gregory K. Alternative Risk Financing in the Traditional Insurance Marketplace. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996),
  p. 5.
Myers, Gregory K., and Nicholas R. Polo. How to Evaluate Risk Retention Programs. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991). p.
  39.
N
Nassof, Russell S. Obtaining Insurance for Water Intrusion and Mold: A Primer for the Construction Industry, Vol.
  18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 57.
Neitzer, Kenneth W. and Sam K. Lee. A Marriage Made in Heaven: Choosing the Right Service for Your Alternative
  Risk Program. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 87.
Nelson, Adam and David Etue, Reducing the Risk of Information Leakage. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 29.
Nelson, Jack, and James Barrese. Policing Insurer Solvency: A Proposal for Reform. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p.
  26.
Nelson, Oliver, and Thomas E. Nelson. Insurer Spam: How to Communicate to Agents Effectively. Vol. 21, No. 4
  (Winter 2008), p. 89.
Nelson, Thomas E. The “Care, Custody or Control” Exclusion. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 76.
—Ethics in the Insurance Industry. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 88.
—Eulogy for the Underwriter, Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 88.
—Issues Regarding Sending Notification of Cancellation to Certificate Holders, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 73.
—Minimizing Collection of Worthless Data. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 85.
—Modern Tower of Babel. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), p. 88.
—Modern Tower of Babel II. Vol. 20, No. 3(Fall 2006), p. 73.
—“Satisficing” Is Not Satisfying in the Long Run. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 83.
—Too Many Words Obscure the Truth. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 78.
Nelson, Thomas E., and Oliver Nelson. Insurer Spam: How to Communicate to Agents Effectively. Vol. 21, No. 4
  (Winter 2008), p. 89.
Nenner, Howard. The Troubled State of the Transportation Insurance Marketplace, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004),
  p. 75.
Neumann, Melanie, Arthur Miller, and Bradley Murlick. Product Recalls: Recall Prevention Strategies to Reduce
  Product Liability Risk. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 7.
Nevius, John G. Do You Want a Side Agreement to Go With That Insurance Policy? Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009),
  p. 67.
Nevius, John G. and Peter A. Halprin. Arbitration of Insurance Coverage Disputes: A Policyholder’s Definitive
  Survival Guide. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 59.
Newell, Matthew S. Consolidation and Competition: The Current State of Medical Professional Liability Insurance.
  Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 29.
Newman, Norman. Fine Arts Insurance: Catastrophic Exposures and Aggregation of Risk. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter
  2004), p. 74.
Niedelman, Cathy Burgess, and John Fleder. Strategic Enterprise Risk Management and Pharmaceuticals. Vol. 23,
  No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 51.
Noble, James, and A.V. Riswadkar. Cell Phone Liability for Employers. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 73.
Noer, Carol A. Negotiating the Hazards of D&O Lawsuits. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 47.
Norton, Phillip N. Employment Practices: Insurance Remedies for a Growing Liability Headache. Vol. 8, No. 4
  (Winter 1995), p. 31.
O
Oblander, Cheryl Tama, Kevin Cloutier, and Kristine Zeabart. Employment Practices Liability Insurance: Does It
  Cover Invasion of Privacy and Identity Theft Claims? Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 21.
O’Brien, Thomas, Application of Catastrophe Models in Risk Management. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 17.
O’Connell, Paul; Quill O. Healey, Matthew Mosher, Joseph L. Petrelli, and Roger Sellek. Symposium: Reserve
  Adequacy. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 5.
O’Connell, William D., and Larry G. Moeller. Accounting for Depreciation in a Business Interruption Loss. Vol. 6,
  No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 27.
O’Connor, Paul, Winifred A. Baker, and Timothy Press. Political-Risk and Political-Violence Insurance. Vol. 17, No.
  2 (Summer 2003), p. 84.
Oellrich, Harrison D., Nanotechnology: Ready or Not, Here It Comes!, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 33.
Olesen, Donald. Life and Health Safety: Saving Lives Through Proper Planning. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 17.
Olin, Meike. Auditing Your Claims. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 67.
— Indoor Air Quality. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 71.
— The Changing Face of Risk Management. Vol. 21, No.2 (Summer 2007), p. 27.
Oliver, Douglas W. and William P. Hazelton, Strategic Risk Management of Environmental Liabilities, Vol. 16, No.
  4 (Winter 2003), p. 48.
Oliver, Douglas W. and Margaret Klose, Understanding the Best Use of Alternative Risk Transfer Methods. Vol. 17,
  No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 7.
O’Shea, Robert G., Jr. Challenges of Protecting Information. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 56.
Oshinsky, Jerold. Asbestos Property Damage: A Look at the Liability Coverage Issues. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990),
  p. 3.
— Environmental Impairment Liability: The CGL Policyholder’s Viewpoint. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 40.
Oshinsky, Jerold, and Judith Hall Howard. Directors and Officers Liability Insurance: A Coverage Analysis. Vol. 5,
  No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 34.
— Environmental Impairment Liability Claims: Major Coverage Issues for Policyholders. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p.
   67.
O’Toole, Kevin, and Stan Johnson. Exploring Common Business Interruption Issues. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p.
  59.

P
Paar, Randy. Insurance and Class Actions: Defense Strategies for Risk Managers. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p.
  63.
Pahl, Stephen, and Christopher R. Payne. Letters of Credit: Yet Another Reason to Self-Insure. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
  1991), p. 56.
Pahl, Steven H. Evaluating the Self-Insurance Option. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 58.
Pahl, Teresa L. Business Interruption Interdependency: Can the Risk Be Quantified? Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p.
  54.
— The Changing Role of the Global Broker. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 41.
— Managing Risk in a Changing Global Environment. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 29.
— Managing the Risks of Emerging Global Exposures. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 33.
— Product Development: A Key to Consistent Profitability. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 39.
Palmer, Elissa. Web-Based Technology in Subrogation, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 56.
Parker, Henry G., III. A Unified Europe Beckons U. S. Insurers to the Global Marketplace. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter
  1990), p. 8.
Parsley, Daniel S. Seize Control of Your Money: Improving Loss Ratios by Challenging Traditional Claims and Salvage
  Practices. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 67.
—Salvage Supply and Demand: A Catastrophe Case Study. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 84.
Paskell, James, Kathleen DeYoe, Paul Sugarman, and Wondie Russell. Creative Settlements in the Complex Insurance
  Coverage Context. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), P. 61.
Passannante, William G., and Sheila Mulrennan. Finding and Proving Lost Insurance Coverage. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall
  2007), p. 53.
Passannante, William G., and Diana R. Shafter. Paying by the Rules. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 84.
Paterson, Kimberly, and Maureen Tuthill. Data at Risk: The Potential Price of Standard Operating Procedure. Vol.
  15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 50.
Patrick, Beverly H. Risk Retention Groups: Pricing and Underwriting Prerequisites. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p.
  45.
Payne, Christopher R., and Stephen Pahl. Letters of Credit: Yet Another Reason to Self-Insure. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
  1991), p. 56.
Pearce, James M. Environmental Guarantees: Should They Come with the Real Estate? Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993),
  p. 35.
— How to Transfer and Finance Pollution Liability Risks. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 3.
Penn, Larry, and Susan Covill. Insuring a Global Village. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 20.
Pennington, David L. New Claims Made Liability Policies: A Mine Field for Agents and Brokers. Vol. 1, No. 1
  (Spring 1987), p. 50.
Perel, Andrew J., and Daniel R. Lavoie. Got Mold? The Growing Concern Over Toxic Mold and How Insurers Are
  Dealing With It. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 7.
Perry, Lance, Jeff Chilcott, Renee Mattaliano, A.V. Riswadkar, and Clayton Shoup. Turning “Silver” Into “Gold”:
  Strategies for Working With the Ever-growing Aging Work Force. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 50.
Petralito, Frank II, and Stanton Alan Young. The Tax Reform Act of 1986: Its Impact on Insurance Companies. Vol.
  1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 40.
Petrelli, Joseph L. Insurer Solvency: Is It Really Difficult to Assess? Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 9.
Petrelli, Joseph L.; Quill O. Healey, Matthew Mosher, Paul O’Connell, and Roger Sellek. Symposium: Reserve
  Adequacy. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 5.
Phillips Jeffrey M., and Daniel T. Torpey. How Companies Are Handling Complex Claims. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall
  2000), p. 45.
Pick, Nick. An Overview of Pollution Liability Insurance in Europe. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 16.
Pierson, Judith, J. Kelly Reyher, and David Beattie. Managing the Liability Risks of Corporate Directors and Officers.
  Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 13.
Pierson, Philip S. Crisis Management in a Networked World. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 61.
Pigault, Georges, and David Grigg. Addressing Professional Liability Exposures on Design and Construction Projects.
   Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 49.
Pinkston, Ken, and Corbette Doyle. Techniques for Insuring Joint Ventures. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 67.
Pistell, Lawrence. Challenges for Insurers in China. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 36.
—The Rise of Systemic Risk, Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 7.
Plioplys, Vitas et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Plotkin, Roger B. Managing the Future With Today’s Risk Management Trends. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p.
   17.
Plunkett, Robert E. The Effect of Current and Future Employment Liability Trends on Employers. Vol. 24, No. 1
   (Spring 2010), p. 25.
Podolsky, Fred. T. and Susanne Mast Murray. Directors and Officers Liability Forecast and State of the Insurance
   Market. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 77.
—The D&O Insurance Market Today. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 7.
— The Insurance D&O Market Today. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 17.
—Protecting Your Directors and Officers From Liability: Examining Indemnification and Insurance. Vol. 19, No. 1
   (Spring 2005), p. 7.
—2007 Liability Snapshot and D&O Marketplace Trends, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 7.
Polo, Nicholas R., and Gregory K. Myers. How to Evaluate Risk Retention Programs. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991). p.
   39.
Pomerantz, Frederick J., and William D. Wilson. Banks in Insurance: The Turf Battle Continues. Vol. 6, No. 2
   (Summer 1992), p. 53.
Poole, Steven. Dealing with the Media in Time of Crisis. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 9.
Possi, Mary. Strategies for Managing Workers Compensation Costs. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 45.
Powel, John H., Jr. Managed Care Plans: What Are the Employer’s Liability Risks? Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p.
   24.
Prasso, Charlie, and Marc Van de Velde. Year 2000: The Problem — And Some Solutions. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall
   1998), p. 7.
Press, Timothy, Winifred A. Baker, and Paul O’Connor. Political-Risk and Political-Violence Insurance. Vol. 17, No.
   2 (Summer 2003), p. 84.
Pritchett, Steven J., Esq. and Tacita A. Mikel Scott, Esq. Supporting Our Troops in the Workplace: An Introduction
   to the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006),
   23.
Priven, Mark, and Martin Frank. Bringing Actuarial Science to the Risk Management Process. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall
   1995), p. 5.
Priven, Mark, and Michael C. Marcon. Actuarial Issues in Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999),
   p. 59.
Proferes, Carole Lynn. Employment Practices Liability: Escalating and Unpredictable Exposures in a Changing Economy.
   Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 25.
Prosser, Kathy and Jennifer Arbanas. EAP/WLB: A Business Solution for Improving Workplace Productivity. Vol.
   15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 63.
Q
Quaranto, Anthony, and Steven Toffolon. The Business of Managing Risk: Time to Adjust the Sails. Vol. 15, No. 3
   (Fall 2001), p. 75.
Query, J. Tim. On the Industry Coverage of University RMI Programs: Is There an Eastern Bias? Vol. 24, No. 1
   (Spring 2010), p. 87.
Quinley, Kevin M. Review of 1997 RMIS Buyer’s Guide, by David A. Tweedy. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p.
   75.

R
Rado, Kenneth R., and Robert J. Schneider. The 80% Solution: Broadening Supply-Chain Risk Management as
  Practical Enterprise Risk Management. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 89.
—Enterprise Risk Management and the Betting Man. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 81.
—Enterprise Risk Management and Pandemic Outbreaks. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 84.
—Integrating Enterprise Risk Management Into the Company and the Community. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p.
  74.
—Next Steps Toward a More Practical ERM Application. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 96.
—The Product Quality Challenge and ERM. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 79.
Rado, Kenneth R., Robert J. Schneider, and Michael H. Hoffman. Cyber War, ERM, and the Supply Chain. Vol.
  23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 80.
—ERM and Pandemics, Part 2; The Military Model: Changing the Outcome. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 73.
—ERM’s Shadow: Why Private Enterprise Needs Its Own Definition of Cyber War. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010),
  p. 74.
—Risk Management as a Competitive Advantage. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 72.
Railey, Frances. Employment Practices Liability Insurance: A Primer. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 91.
Rastallis, Jane Y., and Karla J. De Steuben. Dealing with the New Risks of Employment Liability. Vol. 5, No. 4
  (Winter 1992), p. 3.
Ratner, Ian, and Peter Weldon. Dealing With Cash-Flow Problems After a Loss. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p.
  23.
Rawnsley, Collette, John Evans, and James Barratt. The Future of Class Actions in the European Union. Vol. 23,
  No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 34.
—Perspectives From Europe: A Pan-European Tour of a Changing Landscape. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p.
  61.
Reese, Julie, and David C. Korte. Hiring and Firing: A Prescription to Protect Employers. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring
  1992), p. 35.
Reese, Julie, and Anthony Ten-Barge. Techniques for Dealing with Employee Dishonesty. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer
  1992), p. 43.
Reiss, Robert, Robin Cantor, and Mary Lyman. Asbestos Claims and Litigation. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p.
  28.
Reiter, Thomas M., and Peter J. Kalis. Countering “Expected or Intended” Defense Tactics in Environmental Coverage
  Disputes. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 47.
Reiter, Thomas M., Peter J. Kalis, and Chris Michael Temple. Covering the Fields: Accessing Historical General
  Liability Policies for EMF-Related Claims. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 43.
Remig, Phil, and Allan H. Bader. Audit Techniques for Assessing Environmental Risks. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer
  1990), p. 70.
Renaghan, John. Make Yourself Comfortable: A Day in the (Comfortable) Life of a Telecommuter. Vol. 13, No. 4
  (Winter 2000), p. 123.
Renn, Otwin, Christopher Bunting, Marie-Valentine Florin, and Robin Cantor. Introduction to the IRGC Risk
  Governance Framework. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 7.
Reyher, J. Kelly, David Beattie, and Judith Pierson. Managing the Liability Risks of Corporate Directors and Officers.
  Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 13.
Rhodes, Angus, and Laurie Champion. Best Practices in Enterprise Risk Technology. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p.
  80.
Ricketts, Tom. Telecommunications: A Risk Perspective. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 53.
Riggin, Donald J. Create Underwriting Profits With Your Single Parent Captive. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p.
  19.
Riswadkar, Amit. Managing Information Security in an Enterprise. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 48.
Riswadkar, Amit, and A.V. Riswadkar. Balancing the Risks of Remote Working: Walking the Telecommuting Line. Vol.
  23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 89.
Riswadkar, A.V. Company-Sponsored Events. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 85.
— Electromagnetic Energy Hazards: Are Perceptions Defining the Risk? Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 33.
— The Role of Audits in Corporate Governance, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 71.
— Strike Before Disaster Does! Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 7.
Riswadkar, A.V. and Helene Browning. Slippery Slopes: Strategies for Mitigating Slips, Trips, and Falls. Vol. 24, No.
  1 (Spring 2010), p. 80.
Riswadkar, A.V., and James Noble. Cell Phone Liability for Employers. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 73.
Riswadkar, A.V., Diana Craig, and The Food Allergy and Anaphylaxis Network. Combating Food Allergy Risks
  in the Hospitality Industry. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 53.
Riswadkar, A.V. and Victor Gordon. Behavior-Based Safety and the Five Whys, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p.
  25.
—Risk Mapping: An Essential Step for Assessing and Managing Enterprise Risk. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p.
  73.
Riswadkar, A.V., and Amit Riswadkar. Balancing the Risks of Remote Working: Walking the Telecommuting Line. Vol.
  23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 89.
Riswadkar, A.V., and Clayton Shoup. Pandemic Influenza — Act Now! Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 43.
—Strategies for Mitigating Water Intrusion Before and After Disaster Strikes. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 74.
Riswadkar, A.V., Jeff Chilcott, Renee Mattaliano, Lance Perry, and Clayton Shoup. Turning “Silver” Into “Gold”:
  Strategies for Working With the Ever-growing Aging Work Force. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 50.
Riswadkar, A.V., Steve Knutson, Jürg Schmid, and Florian Hiller. Medications in Water. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
  2010), p. 86.
Riswadkar, A.V. and Robert Dobbins. Don’t Get Burnt by Solar Storms: What Is Your SPF Level? Vol. 24, No. 3
  (Fall 2010), p. 77.
Rizzo, William J., Jr., Janina A. Jankauskas, Andrew D. Magee, and Ellen E. Moyer. Determining the Presence of
  Hazardous Materials. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 43.
Robinson, Betsy. Total Absence Management: A Common-Sense Approach. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 53.
Rodriguez, Giovanni, Avraham C. Moskowitz, and Eugene R. Anderson. Is There a Way to Finance Environmental
  Cleanup Liability? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
Romaine, Peter, and Lawrence M. Heim. Products-Pollution Risk Identification and Transfer. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
  2004), p. 102.
Roos, Nestor R. Insurance Regulation Revisited: A Brief History. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 62.
— McCarran-Ferguson—Another Verse... Same as the First. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 72.
— Some Thoughts on The Risk Retention Act. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 74.
Roscoe, Nick C.M. Is the Fixed-Premium Protection and Indemnity Trend Long-Term? Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p.
  61.
Roskopf, John F. Benchmarking Risk Management Performance Standards. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 55.
— Toward the Liberation of Risk Management. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 29.
Roubinek, Gary W. EC 1992 Shapes a Larger Market with Fewer Insurers. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 40.
Rousmaniere, Peter and John Tepper Marlin. Counting the Cost: How to Measure the Net Impact of a Major Urban
  Disaster. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p.24.
Routson, Frank. How Self-Insured Group Trusts Are Holding Down Compensation Costs. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993),
  p. 31.
Rowley, Peter G. Environmental Contamination: Is Your Company at Risk? Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 25.
Royle, Lia B. In Search of Buried Treasure: Lost Insurance Policies. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 27.
Rubel. Eric A. Consumer Product Safety Notification Requirements: Section 15 of the Consumer Product Safety Act.
  Vol. 23, No. 3(Fall 2009), p. 46.
Ruff, Lorraine. Getting the Message Out: Communication Strategies That Work. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p.
  46.
Russek, Karl J. and William P. Hazelton. Going Global — Emerging International Issues for Environmental Programs.
  Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 17.
Russek, Karl J. and Patricia A. Henry. Insurance Response to Pollution: Past, Present, and Future. Vol. 18, No. 1
  (Spring 2004), p. 7.
Russell, William J., and Ricky S. Torrey. A Critical Examination of the So-called Nonfortuity Defense. Vol. 13, No.
  4 (Winter 2000), p. 93.
Russell, Wondie, James Paskell Kathleen DeYoe, and Paul Sugarman. Creative Settlements in the Complex Insurance
  Coverage Context. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), P. 61.

S
Sable, Barbara, and David Collings. How to Keep Tabs on Your Insurer. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 87.
Sachs, Steven W. How to Plan for Natural Disasters. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 3.
Sadler, Richard C. Another Perspective on Benchmarking. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 44.
Salomone, Dominic J. Fidelity Controls for Financial Institutions. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 70.
Salvatico, Albert L. A Claim’s-eye View of the D&O Marketplace. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 53.
— Professional Liability Insurance at the Crossroads. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 28.
Samuelson, William, and Richard Zeckhauser. Status Quo Bias and Insurance Markets. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer
  1989), p. 38.
Sandler, Howard M. Occupational Disease Claims — What Does the Future Hold? Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p.
  25.
Schaarsmith, James H. ISO 14000: A New Environmental Risk Management Paradigm? Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter
  1996), p. 5.
Schaefer, John W. Business Interruption, Enterprise Risk Management, and Supply-Chain Risks. Vol. 21, No. 4
  (Winter 2008), p. 28.
—The Evolution of Enterprise Risk Management, Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 7.
Schaefer, John, and Bruce Codding, Opportunity Risk Management, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 7.
Scheuermann, James E., and Alan W. Tamarelli, Jr. The Narrow Parameters of the Employment Exclusion. Vol. 11,
  No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 39.
Scheuing, Eberhard E., and George Carasuolo. The Risk Manager’s Guide to Internal Marketing. Vol. 5, No. 1
  (Spring 1991), p. 45.
Schmid, Jürg, Steve Knutson, A.V. Riswadkar, and Florian Hiller. Medications in Water. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
  2010), p. 86.
Schmid, Rolf, Victor Gordon, and Mark E. Hetherington. The Impact of Globalization on Risk Management. Vol.
  15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 73.
Schneider, Robert J., and Kenneth R. Rado. The 80% Solution: Broadening Supply-Chain Risk Management as
  Practical Enterprise Risk Management. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 89.
— Enterprise Risk Management and the Betting Man. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 81.
—Enterprise Risk Management and Pandemic Outbreaks. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 84.
—Integrating Enterprise Risk Management Into the Company and the Community. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p.
  74.
—Next Steps Toward a More Practical ERM Application. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 96.
—The Product Quality Challenge and ERM. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 79.
Schneider, Robert J., Kenneth R. Rado, and Michael H. Hoffman. Cyber War, ERM, and the Supply Chain. Vol.
  23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 80.
—ERM and Pandemics, Part 2; The Military Model: Changing the Outcome. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 73.
Schwartz, Alec M. Prepaid Legal Services: An Employee Benefit Program Option. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p.
  41.
Schwartz, Victor E. Product Safety, Product Liability: Making the Interface. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 3.
Schwartz, Victor E. and Leah Lorber. Class Action Abuse: The New-Style Lawsuits Against HMOs. Vol. 14, No. 2
  (Summer 2000), p. 23
Scola, Yvette E. Taking Control of Your International Insurance. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 45.
Scott, Tracy, and D. Brent Israelsen. Electronic Signatures — Risk Management in Cyberspace. Vol. 17, No. 4
  (Winter 2004), p. 68.
Sellek, Roger; Quill O. Healey, Matthew Mosher, Paul O’Connell, and Joseph L. Petrelli. Symposium: Reserve
  Adequacy. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 5.
Shafter, Diana R., and William Passannante. Paying by the Rules. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 84.
Shaller, Douglas R. Managing Your Second Worst Nightmare: Employment Termination. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring
  2001), p. 15.
Shaneyfelt, David A. Why a Reservation of Rights Letter Is a Reservation for Trouble. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010),
  p. 69.
— Managing the Risks of Employment Practices. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 19.
Sheffield, Martin. Technology: The Opportunities and the Obstacles. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 7.
Shipstead, Patrick E., Dave E. Bland, and Scott G. Johnson. Sue and Labor Coverage for Year 2000 Remediation
  Expenses. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 85.
Shoup, Clayton. Bye H1N1? Using Lessons Learned to Strengthen Planning for the Influenza Pandemic Threat. Vol.
  24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 79.
Shoup. Clayton and A.V. Riswadkar. Strategies for Mitigating Water Intrusion Before and After Disaster Strikes. Vol.
  20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 74.
Shoup, Clayton, Jeff Chilcott, Renee Mattaliano, Lance Perry, and A.V. Riswadkar. Turning “Silver” Into “Gold”:
  Strategies for Working With the Ever-growing Aging Work Force. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 50.
Shugrue, John D., and Kevin B. Dreher. Insurance Coverage for TCPA and FACTA Claims. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter
  2008), p. 67.
Sikich, Geary W. Forecasting Mesothelioma: Improvements in the Nicholson Methodology Are Better Predictors of the
  Recent Past. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 57.
—Pandemic: How Unprepared Are We? Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 7.
—Product Recall: Implications for Business-Continuity Planners. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 7.
— September 11 Aftermath: Ten Things Your Organization Can Do Now. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 59.
—September 11, 2001, Aftermath: Can Your Organization Afford to Relax? Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 65.
— What Is There to Know About a Crisis? Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 7.
  Sirgo, Jorge, and Jessica B. Horewitz.
—Will BP’s Catastrophe in the Gulf Be the Defining Moment for Oil Industry Executives? Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010),
  p. 18.
Skelton, James M. The Illinois Insurance Exchange: A Unique Marketplace. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 15.
Slep, Gary M. ISO Certification: A Primer. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 31.
— Protecting Against the Political Risks of Foreign Ventures. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 21.
Slep, Gary M., and Emily Q. Freeman. Managing E-business Risks. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 19.
Smith, Brian L., and Jamie Anthony. Emerging Trends in D&O Liability Litigation. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991),
  p. 36.
Smith, Thomas Royall and Vincent J. Miraglia. How to Avoid Legal Problems When Recruiting on the Internet. Vol.
  14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 41.
Snow, Mac V., and Vincent J. Bell. Forming a Captive Insurer under the Risk Retention Act. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring
  1987), p. 3.
Sobel, Mark J. Bank Captives: Some Actuarial Considerations. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 33.
Solyst, Jim, Chemical Risk Management and Security, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 53.
Soper, Richard H. Crisis Management Plan: A Critical Segment of Your Risk Management Program. Vol. 8, No. 4
   (Winter 1995), p. 50.
— How to Develop a Crisis Management Plan—Part Two. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 64.
Spoiden, Jean-Francois. What Are My LP Guidelines Worth Abroad? Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 83.
Sprano, Esther J. Staying Connected to Risk Management on the Internet. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 41.
Stanovich, Craig F. Coming to Grips With the “Absolute” Pollution Exclusion. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 5.
Stracher, Cameron, Russell Hickey, and Michael DiSilvestro. Corporate Expression: The High Cost of Free Speech.
   Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 81.
Straus, Dorit. Art in Transit: International Transportation of Fine Art. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 37.
Stern, Ralph D., Linda A. Tripoli, and Sharon D. Banks. Wrongful Termination Defense Strategies. Vol. 2, No. 1
   (Spring 1988), p. 31.
Stewart, Gordon, Robert P. Hartwig, and Claire Wilkinson. Terrorism, Insurance, and the Role of the United States
   Government, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 25.
Stewart, Louis I. III. Claims Negotiations: Holding Your Own Against Your Insurer. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002),
   p. 29.
Stone, Byron T. Controlling Nonprofits’ Risk Exposures. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 3.
Stouppe, David E. Coping With and Without CFCs. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 19.
Streltsova, Yana, Inna Gerasimova, and Artemieva, Nadezhda. Russian Insurance Today from a Russian Insurer’s
   Viewpoint. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 53.
Sugarman, Paul, James Paskell, Kathleen DeYoe, and Wondie Russell. Creative Settlements in the Complex Insurance
   Coverage Context. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), P. 61.
Sullivan, John M. Interdependency: The Hidden Business Interruption Exposure. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p.
   26.
Sutcliffe, George S. Monitoring Employees: Policies and Risks. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 89.
— The FSMA: Legal Overview, Insurance Issues, and Compliance Tips. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 71.
Sylvester, John M., and John T. Waldron, III. Coinsurers Bound Under “Follow-the-Settlements” Provision. Vol. 11,
   No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 44.
T
Tamarelli, Alan W., Jr., and James E. Scheuermann. The Narrow Parameters of the Employment Exclusion. Vol. 11,
   No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 39.
Taylor, Rodney J. Environmental Liability at the Top of the Corporate Ladder. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 5.
— Ten Questions About Chinese Drywall. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p.7.
Tecce, Andrea, James Deaver, and Robert Jacobs. Emerging Solutions for Risk Transfer in Product Liability. Vol. 23,
   No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 18.
Temple, Chris Michael, Peter J. Kalis, and Thomas M. Reiter. Covering the Fields: Accessing Historical General
   Liability Policies for EMF-Related Claims. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 43.
Ten-Barge, Anthony J., and Daniel W. Houston. Defending Against Product Liability Claims. Vol. 11, No. 2
   (Summer 1997), p. 11.
Ten-Barge, Anthony J., and Julie Reese. Techniques for Dealing with Employee Dishonesty. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer
   1992), p. 43.
Teuton, Peter, Enterprise Risk Management: Its Evolution and Where It Stands Today. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p.
   7.
Thaler, Gregory S., and Susan E. Miller. International Insurance Claims: Managing Multinational Exposures. Vol.
   12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 27.
Theodorou, Jerry. Surviving in Turbulent Times. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 13.
Thompson, Douglas T. Lawyers Professional: Liability Insurance for Litigious Society. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p.
   92.
Tilley, Charles B., Capitalism in a Post-Enron World, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 18.
Timms, Shelley L. Liquor Liability: Is Your Firm at Risk? Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 31.
Toffolon, Steven, and Anthony Quaranto. The Business of Managing Risk: Time to Adjust the Sails. Vol. 15, No,.3
   (Fall 2001), p. 75.
Toll, William C., and Douglas A. Smith. Education of Agents and Brokers, Now and Future. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter
   1998), p. 13.
Toner, Patricia D. et al. The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Torpey, Daniel T. Putting the Numbers First. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 27.
Torpey, Daniel T. and Gerald M. Kral. Protecting Edison: Capturing Intellectual Property Risk. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall,
   2001), p. 57.
Torpey, Daniel T., and Jeffrey M. Phillips. How Companies Are Handling Complex Claims. Vol 14, No. 3 (Fall
   2000), p. 45.
Torres, José M., and James K. Miller. Integrated-Risk Programs: Meeting the Challenges of a Global Environment. Vol.
  12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 51.
Towle, Thomas L. What Risk Managers Should Know About Handling a D&O Claim. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995),
  p. 41.
Treglia, Maria. Current State of the Employment Practices Liability Market. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 71.
Tripoli, Linda A., Sharon D. Banks, and Ralph D. Stern. Wrongful Termination Defense Strategies. Vol. 2, No. 1
  (Spring 1988), p. 31.
Trivella, Anthony J. Equipment Breakdown Exposures Then and Now — New Technology Demands Better Insurance
  Coverage. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 65.
—Equipment Breakdown Insurance — More Than Boilers. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 27.
—New EPL Programs Are Filling a Coverage Gap. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 30.
Tropp, Thomas J. International Insurance: Implications for Local and Regional Agents and Brokers. Vol. 12, No. 4
  (Winter 1999), p. 39.
Truett, Ann R., and Nancy P. James. Electronic Data: New Technology, New Risks. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p.
  39.
Trupin, Jerome. An Overview of ISO’s Commercial Property Program. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 29.
—Solving the Business Income Coinsurance Quandary. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 46.
Tschiegg, Mark. Buying Unbundled Loss Prevention Services. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 89.
— Management of Change: Protecting Us From Ourselves. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 103.
— MyLossPrevention.com. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 85.
Tschiegg, Mark, and Kennith Brock. Loss Prevention in the Analysis of Mergers and Acquisitions. Vol. 13, No. 1
  (Spring 1999), p. 95.
Tully, Gary, and Lori Dickerson. Protecting Assets: Preventing Employee Theft. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p.
  33.
Turner, Jonathan E. Are Corporations Better Prepared to Deal with Fraud and Dishonesty? A Look at Fraud Prevention
  Programs After Enron, WorldCom, and Sarbanes-Oxley. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 7.
—Are Your Windows Broken? A Look at Fraud Risk Mitigation in the Era of Enron, Hewlett-Packard, and Options
  Scandals. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 66.
— Finding Weaknesses Before They Do: Exception-Based Systems and Fraud. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 33.
— How to Establish Business Interruption Values. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 17.
— Identifying Sharks When Swimming in International Waters. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 7.
— A Marriage Made in Heaven??? Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 27.
— Protecting Yourself and Your Employees … From Your Employees! Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 25.
— Strategies for Preventing Employee Fraud in Times of Transition. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 40.
— Successfully Resolving Issues of Employee Dishonesty. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 41.
Turner, Jonathan E, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer,
  Robert P. Hartwig, and Bradley D. Murlick, Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out,
  Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Tuthill, Maureen and Kimberly Paterson. Data at Risk: The Potential Price of Standard Operating Procedure. Vol.
  15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 50.
Tweedy, David A. Special Report: Managing Risk With Information Technology. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 5.
— An Update on Risk Management Information Systems. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 29.
U
Ullmann, Klaus. Loss Control Strategies to Keep Pace With Corporate Change. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 56.
Ullrich, Thomas R. Pooling Risks in a Captive Insurance Company. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 41.
Utschig, LeRoy. Another Perspective on Insuring Joint Ventures. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 53.
— Filling in the Gaps of Contractor’s Equipment Coverage. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 63.
— Insuring Against Business Income Losses. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 57.
— Insuring Property Under Construction. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 56.
— Nonowned Auto Exposures Should Trigger Coverage Amendments. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 48.
— Subrogation: A Contractor’s Nightmare. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 59.
V
Vadgama, Aruna. Bringing Total Quality Management to the Loss Control Process. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p.
  29.
Van de Velde, Marc, and Charlie Prasso. Year 2000: The Problem — And Some Solutions. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall
  1998), p. 7.
Vanneman, Thomas E. Monitoring the Financial Condition of Your Insurers. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 11.
Van Vuren, Terry, Thomas Wimberly, and LaDonna Williams. RMIS: Real Solution for a Real Business. Vol. 19,
  No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 65.
Vassar, Rick. The ERM Machine: Has Risk Management Lost Its Way? Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 95.
—A Risk Manager in an Insurance World: Odd Man Out. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 83.
Vince, C. Roy. A Prospective for Claims-Made CGL Policies. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 68.
Vuono, Mark, and Paul Dietrich. Assessing Environmental Professional Liability Exposures. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer
   1994), p. 28.
W
Waid, Bob. Reducing Employee Health Benefits Costs: A Case History. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 43.
Waldorf, Daniel D. Obtaining Surety Credit in a Volatile Market. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 57.
— The “Three Cs” of Construction Contract Bonding. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 21.
Walsh, Michael J. Investor Relations: How to Protect Your Bottom Line. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 19.
— Strategic Risk Management: A CFO’s View. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 11.
Warfel, William J. Agent/Broker Liability: A Tutorial for Commercial Policyholders. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010),
p. 26.
—Trade Dress Infringement Litigation: An Identification of Potential Coverage Iissues. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p.
41.
Warfel, William J., and Jeffrey J. Asperger. Builders Risk and Installation Form: Inland Marine Insurance or Property
Insurance? Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 51.
Warfel, William J. and Stanley R. Adamson. Insurance Certificate Disclaimers — A Tutorial. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer
2010), p. 52.
Wass, Harold S., Jr. Automatic Sprinkler Protection: Can You Count on It? Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 10.
Watson, Roger, and Mike Moye. Flood Insurance Requirements: Deep Waters of Confusion. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall
   1988), p. 3.
Webber, Steven R., Managing Your Career in a Bungee-Jump World, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 65.
— The Lesson of La Brea —The First “Pool.” Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 20.
— Tale of the Dragon. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 52.
Weldon, Peter. Settling a Business Interruption Loss: Why Accountants Differ. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 23.
Weldon, Peter, and Ian Ratner. Dealing With Cash-Flow Problems After a Loss. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p.
   23.
Welt, Monica M., and Elizabeth L. Anderson. Changing Perspectives on Chemical Product Risks. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall
   2009), p. 58.
Westerman, Al. Coming to Grips with the “A” Word. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 58.
Wheeler, Randy. Seven Principles of Risk Management, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005)), p. 7.
—Using a “Connected” Enterprise to Manage Risk and Performance. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 39.
Wheeler, Randy, and Kathleen Burns. Information Velocity: The Infrastructure to Automate Claims and Risk
   Management. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 41.
Wiebe, Michael A. Re-engineering the Broker-Risk Manager Relationship. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 15.
Wilkinson, Claire. Is Your Company Prepared for a Data Breach? Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 45.
—Residual Market Property Plans: From Markets of Last Resort to Markets of First Choice. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer
   2007), p. 57.
Wilkinson, Claire and Robert P. Hartwig, Medical Malpractice Insurance: Behind the Chaos. Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring
   2003), p. 63.
—Obesity, Liability, and Insurance. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 78.
—Silica Liability: The Next Asbestos? Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 35.
Wilkinson, Claire, Robert P. Hartwig, and Gordon Stewart. Terrorism, Insurance, and the Role of the United States
   Government, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 25.
Wilks, Don A. Business Interruption: Protecting Against Contingent and Interdependency Losses. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall
   1994), p. 33.
Williams, LaDonna, Thomas Wimberly, and Terry Van Vuren. RMIS: Real Solution for a Real Business. Vol. 19,
   No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 65
Williams, Susan E. Increasing Agency Efficiency Through Automation. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 23.
Williamson, Wendy, and Costa N. Knsington. Corporate Responses to D&O Indemnification Following Schoon v.
   Troy. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 15.
Wilson, Joilou M., and Charles R. Lee. Evaluating Group Workers Compensation. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p.
   41.
Wilson, Robert S. Mold and the Design Professional. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 77.
Wilson, S. Mark and Michael Kling. Exploring Electronic Data Mining. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 17.
Wilson, William D., and Frederick J. Pomerantz. Banks in Insurance: The Turf Battle Continues. Vol. 6, No. 2
   (Summer 1992), p. 53.
Wimberly, Thomas, Terry Van Vuren, and LaDonna Williams. RMIS: Real Solution for a Real Business. Vol. 19,
   No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 65.
Wimmer, Bruce. Crisis Planning: Protecting Your Employees When Things Fall Apart. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001),
   p. 85.
Wing, James D. Ds&Os: Are They Really Covered? Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 7.
Wing, Nigel, Logistics — The Profession of the 21st Century, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 28.
Winter, Kimberly. How to Maximize Coverage When Your Insurer Is Declared Insolvent. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter
 2009), p. 90.
Witten, Russell, and Michael R. Koblenz. Beyond Energy: Financial Service Opportunities in the Arabian Gulf. Vol.
 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 66.
Wolf, Erwin, and John Merrigan. Implications for Insurance When Control Changes Hands. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring
 2005), p. 44.
Wollan, Eugene. “Á la Carte” Wording in Reinsurance Contracts. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 58.
—Above and Beyond. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 86.
—Alive and Well ... Cont’d. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 55.
—Almost a Juror. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 61.
— Another Age-Old Principle Still Alive and Well. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 62.
—Another Punitive Damages Dead-End in Bad Faith Action Against Insurer. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 37.
— Another Tree to Obscure the Forest. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 67.
— Arbitration of Reinsurance Disputes. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 75.
— Arson Law and Disorder. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 93.
—As the Escrow Flies. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 64.
—Auld Lang Syne, Vol. 14, No. 3 ((Fall 2000), p. 81.
— “Bad Faith” Standard Gets a Balanced View. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 55.
— Black and White. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 109.
— Block That Solecism! Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 57.
— Brief for the Defense. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 94.
— Bum Rap Du Jour. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 94.
— Calhoun Vivat. Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 93.
— Chart(er)ing a Course: Another Reinsurance Milestone. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 55.
— Cut-Throughs That Cut to the Chase. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 33.
— Continuing Legal Education in the Real World. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall2005), p. 102.
— Decisions, Decisions, All Day Long, Decisions. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 97.
— A Disquisition on Disqualification. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 63.
— Do Clothes Make the Man? Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 105.
— Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell? Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 71.
— Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Litigating in the United States. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p.
  115.
— Excess Insurer Off the Hook in Underlying Insolvency. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 63.
— Fallout. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 57.
—“Follow the Fortunes”...Up to a Limit. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 74.
—Following Foolish Fortunes? Vol. 15, No. 1(Spring 2001), p. 95.
—Guilt By Association? Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 67.
—Home Court Advantage? Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 83.
—“Innocent” Loss Payees Victims of Insured’s Misrepresentations. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 67.
—Interpreting Policy Language: Who Has the Upper Hand? Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 67.
—Inventory Shortage Exclusion Revisited. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 67.
—Inventory Shortage Exclusion Revisited... Again. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 69.
—Is There a Sin in Rescinding? Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 48.
—Judge-Made Law. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 91.
—A Less Known Right. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 62.
—Lessons Learned on the Other Side of the Coin. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 67.
—Lloyd’s of Hollywood. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 96.
—Lost Causes and Casi Belli. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 93.
—McCarran-Ferguson? — Not! Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 67.
—Mix and Match. Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 84.
—A Modest proposal or “Take My Witness … Please.” Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 101.
—Murphy’s Law of Reinsurance Arbitrations. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 71
—My Cup Boileth Over. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 85.
—A Myth Is As Good As A Smile, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 76.
—The Near Impossibility of Anti-Insurer Polemics. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 101.
—New York, New York (It’s a Helluva State), Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 83.
—Nice Guys Don’t Always Finish Last. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 91.
—No Insurance for Empty Skies. Vol. 20, No. 2(Summer 2006), p. 96.
—Nothing New Under the Sun? Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 77.
—Nullification Revisited. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 80.
—Obstructions in the Discovery Channel. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 91.
— Old-Timers’ Day. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 87.
— On a JAG. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 97.
— On Visibility and Reputational Damage Control. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 92.
—The Pros and Cons of the Arbitration Process. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 52.
— A Question of Procedure. Vol. 22, No. 1(Spring 2008), p. 73.
—Radio Silence and the Dual Role of Arbitrators. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 101.
—The Ransom of Red Chief—Part II. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 69.
—Red-Faced Postscript. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 47.
—A Reinsurance Perspective on Punitive Damages. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 67.
—Remembrance of Cases Past (With Apologies to M. Proust) Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 100.
—The Right to Audit: It’s All in the Timing. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 67.
—The Road Actually Taken. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 71
—“The Road Not Taken” (With Apologies to Mr. Frost). Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer 2001), p. 81.
—Settling Down. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 72.
—Sherman in the Courtroom. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 105.
— Sing a Song of Reinsurance. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 67.
— Sins of Omission. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 90.
— Sitting Duck Intermediaries. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 63.
— Some Brief Tips, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 85.
—Still Alive and Well. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 53.
—Still Nothing New Under the Sun. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 78.
—Still the Stronghold. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p, 69.
—Taming the Dogs of War. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 60.
—A Task Performed. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 85.
—Timely Notice Rule Gets a Triple Play. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 61.
—Travel Notes From All Over. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 67.
—Turning the Corner. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 54.
—Unigard Revisited. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 45.
—(Un?) Fair Game. Vol. 16, No. 2(Summer 2002), p. 68
—Upholding Traditional Principles of Contract Construction. Vol. 5, No. 4. (Winter 1992), p. 54.
—“Utmost Good Faith” — Alive and Well in London. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 71.
—A View From the Colonies. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 57.
—Vince Had it Right. Vol. 14, No, 4 (Winter 2001), p. 81.
—War Games. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 73.
—War of Experts. Vol. 18, No, 3 (Fall 2004), p. 93.
—When Is a Precedent Not a Precedent? Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 56.
— Word Games. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 52.
— Words, Words, Words. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Winter 2004), p. 85.
— You May Cross-Examine, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 107
Wood, David E. How Sarbanes-Oxley and Market Dynamics Are Shaping D&O Insurance: A Primer for Policy
  Purchasers. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 93.
—Is the Insurance Industry Ripe for Change? Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005). P. 87.
—Stock Option Backdating Claims: Are They Covered? Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 62.
Wood, David E., and Susan Barry. Riding the Mergers and Acquisitions Wave With a Well-Considered Insurance
  Strategy. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 75.
Wood, Nancy J. Strategies for Controlling Workers Compensation Claims Costs. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 51.
Wootan, Fred. C. Uncollectible Reinsurance: What Have We Learned from History? Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988),
  p. 52.
Y
Yocano, Mark S., and William W. Belt, Jr. The Need for Cooperative Electronic Discovery in Mid-Size Cases. Vol.
  23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 25.
Young, J. Brady. Alternative Risk Financing: The Calm Before the Storm. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 17.
Young, Stanton Alan, and Frank Petralito II. The Tax Reform Act of 1986: Its Impact on Insurance Companies. Vol.
  1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 40.
Z
Zacharias, Carol A.N. Climate Change Is Heating Up D&O Liability. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 7.
—Important International Developments in Executive Liability. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 17.
— Trends in Securities Class Action Litigation and Directors and Officers Liability Insurance, Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer
  2006), p. 7.
Zaffino, Jonathan M. Expanding Risks: Enterprise Risk Management Solutions. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 63.
Zagaski, Chester A. Asbestos Abatement: The Next Insurance Crisis? Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 18.
— How to Assess and Manage Pollution Liability Exposures. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 22.
— Pollution Liability and Insurance Problems Call for a New Partnership. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 43.
— Pollution Liability Insurance: A Legislative Proposal. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 35.
— Risk Retention Groups Fuel Growth of Alternative Markets. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 41.
— A Survey of the Pollution Liability Insurance Market. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 22.
— Will “Sick” Buildings Be the Source of Insurers’ Next Crisis? Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 34.
Zaradona, Richard, and Kent. J. Holland Jr. New Standard for Environmental Site Assessments: Insurance and Risk
  Management. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 20.
Zeabart, Kristine, Cheryl Tama Oblander, and Kevin Cloutier. Employment Practices Liability Insurance: Does It
  Cover Invasion of Privacy and Identity Theft Claims? Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 21.
Zeckhauser, Richard, and William Samuelson. Status Quo Bias and Insurance Markets. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer
  1989), p. 38.
Zeller, Wilhelm. Pollution Liability Problems Undaunted by Borders. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 17.
Zielinski, Stephen J. Discontinued Operations: Handling Claims in a Run-Off Mode. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989),
  p. 47.
Zingg, Bruno. Product Liability: How Will the EC Directive Affect Insurance Buyers? Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990),
  p. 23.

TOPICS
Aging Work Force
Turning “Silver” Into “Gold”: Strategies for Working With the Ever-growing Aging Work Force. Chilcott, Jeff, Renee
  Mattaliano, Lance Perry, A.V. Riswadkar, and Clayton Shoup. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 50.

Alternative Risk Transfer
Alternative Risk Financing in the Traditional Insurance Marketplace. Gregory K. Myers. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996),
  p. 5.
Alternative Risk Transfer: The Broker’s Role. Ken A Crerar. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 97.
ART 101: A Primer on Alternative Risk Transfer. Robert P. Hartwig. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 7.
Balance-Sheet Management: Loss-Portfolio Transfer. Jonathan J. Davis. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 73.
The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Nine Risk Managers. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Financial Services Sales Convergence and ART. Jean Lucey. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 101.
Financing Your Risk Program — 2009. David F. Brauer. Vol. 23, No, 1(Spring 2009), p. 41.
Loss Portfolio Transfers. Allan H. Bader, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 41.
Managing Risk Comprehensively, Efficiently, and Strategically, Valerie Butt, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 33.
A Marriage Made in Heaven: Choosing the Right Service for Your Alternative Risk Program. Sam K. Lee and Kenneth
  W. Neitzer. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 87.
Taxes: What Every Risk Manager Needs to Know About Alternative Markets. Stephen C. Eldridge. Vol. 14, No. 1
  (Spring 2000), p. 73.
Turning Risk Into Reward, Ralph Cagnetta and Greg Lang, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 31.
Understanding the Best Use of Alternative Risk Transfer Methods. Margaret Klose and Douglas W. Oliver, Vol. 17,
  No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 7.
Vermont’s Thriving Captive Insurance Industry: Alternative Risk Financing in the Green Mountain State, Kevin
  Moriarty and Kathleen H. Davis, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 17.

Arbitration
Arbitration of Insurance Coverage Disputes: A Policyholder’s Definitive Survival Guide. John G. Nevius and Peter A.
   Halprin.Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 59.
Sins of Omission. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 90.

Architects and Engineers
Addressing Professional Liability Exposures on Design and Construction Projects. David Grigg and Georges Pigault.
  Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 49.
Architecture and Engineering: Managing New Risks in a Rapidly Changing Industry, Paul Dietrich and Brad Gow, Vol.
  19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 47.

Asbestos
Asbestos Abatement from a Property Insurance Perspective. Michael J. Leahy. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 18.
Asbestos Abatement: The Next Insurance Crisis? Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 18.
Asbestos Property Damage: A Look at the Liability Coverage Issues. Jerold Oshinsky. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990),
   p. 3.
Coming to Grips with the “A” Word. Al Westerman. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 58.
Forecasting Mesothelioma: Improvements in the Nicholson Methodology Are Better Predictors of the Recent Past. Jessica
  B. Horewitz and Jorge Sirgo. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 57.
General Liability Coverage for Asbestos, Environmental, and Year 2000 Claims. Joshua Gold. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter
  2000), p. 55.
Managing Corporate Asbestos Risks. Claire M. Louis. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), P. 49.
Protecting Against Asbestos Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer
  1995), p. 74.
Recent State Tort Reforms and Legal Decisions: Better News for Asbestos Defendants? Robin Cantor and Mary Lyman.
  Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 39.
A Risk Management Approach to the Asbestos Problem. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall
  1988), p. 69.

Automation
(See also E-commerce)
Architecture and Engineering: Managing New Risks in a Rapidly Changing Industry, Paul Dietrich and Brad Gow, Vol.
   19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 47.
Best Practices in Enterprise Risk Technology. Angus Rhodes and Laurie Champion. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p.
   80.
Better Self-Insurance Through Technology. Robert Faulhaber. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 33.
Challenges of Protecting Information. Robert G. O’Shea, Jr. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 56.
Coping with Automation of “Simplified” Commercial Lines. Karen A. Kubec. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 39.
Cyber Risk: Insuring the Escalating Threats From New Technology Exposures. Brad Gow, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring
   2006), p. 7.
Data at Risk: The Potential Price of Standard Operating Procedure. Maureen Tuthill and Kimberly Paterson. Vol. 15,
   No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 50.
Data Loss as a Property Issue, Jann Browning. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 35.
Data Security: Defensive Driving on the Information Superhighway. John S. Ingram. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997),
   p. 49.
Don’t Look to E&O Insurance for Effective Cyber Risk Coverage. Richard G. Clarke, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006),
   p. 20.
E-Discovery Rules and Risks: Understanding the Real-World Rules for the Virtual World of Electronic Documentation.
   Mike Herlihy and Gregg Bundschuh. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 70.
Electronic Data: New Technology, New Risks. Nancy P. James and Ann R. Truett. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p.
   39.
Employment Practices Software: High-Tech Solutions. Peter C. Foster. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 57.
Exploring Electronic Data Mining. S. Mark Wilson and Michael Kling. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 17.
Flood Insurance Requirements: Deep Waters of Confusion. Roger Watson and Mike Moye. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988),
   p. 3.
Increasing Agency Efficiency Through Automation. Susan E. Williams. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 23.
Information Velocity: The Infrastructure to Automate Claims and Risk Management. Kathleen Burns, and Randy
   Wheeler. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 41.
Is Your Company Prepared for a Data Breach? Claire Wilkinson. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 45.
Navigating the ERM Technology Maelstrom. Evan R. Busman.Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 49.
The Need for Cooperative Electronic Discovery in Mid-Size Cases. William W. Belt, Jr., and Mark S. Yocano. Vol.
   23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 25.
Reducing the Risk of Information Leakage. Adam Nelson and David Etue, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), P. 29.
Techniques for Handling the Risks of Electronic Data Technology. James E. Mooney. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991),
   p. 26.
Understanding the Data Life Cycle for the Effective Analysis of Risk. Keith M. Higdon. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010),
   p. 59.
Using a “Connected” Enterprise to Manage Risk and Performance. Randy Wheeler, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p.
   39.
Year 2000: The Problem — And Some Solutions. Marc Van de Velde and Charlie Prasso. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998),
   p. 7.
Automobile Insurance
The “Auto” and “Mobile Eqyipment” Changes in the General Liability and Commercial Auto Policies. Arthur L.
  Flitner. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 42.
The Automobile “Crisis” in Massachusetts. Neil McGhee. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 33.
The Case for No-fault Laws. Reynold Becker. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 51.
A Look at the Business Auto Policy. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 54.
New OSHA Standards for Commercial Driver Licensing. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 5, No. 2
  (Summer 1991), p. 72.
Nonowned Auto Exposures Should Trigger Coverage Amendments. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p.
  53.
The Troubled State of the Transportation Insurance Marketplace, Howard Nenner, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004),
  p. 75.

Banks
How Lenders Were Left Unsecured For Mold-Related Losses on Commercial Loans And How to Fix the Problem. Paul
   Duggan and David Dybdahl. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 63.
Insuring Against the Potential Real Estate Bubble: Steps a Bank Can Take Now to Mitigate Future Risk. Jeffrey A.
   Kiburtz. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 59.

Boiler and Machinery
Insuring Boiler and Machinery Risks. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 77.

Book Reviews
1997 RMIS Buyer’s Guide, by David A. Tweedy. Kevin M. Quinley. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 75.
Against the Gods: The Remarkable Story of Risk, by Peter L. Bernstein. Jean Lucey. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p.
   93.
Avoiding Surprises, by Frederic C. Church, Jr.. Jean Lucey. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 94
Book Review: Employment Practices Liability Insurance, by Kelly A. M. Bowdren. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 11, No.
   4 (Winter 1998), p. 51.
The Additional Insured Book, by Donald S. Malecki. Jean Lucey. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 79.
Asbestos: Medical and Legal Aspects, by Barry I. Castleman. Annyce Turco. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 79.
Bank Insurance and Risk Management, by Gary M. Slep and Roger A. Haynes. Jean Lucey. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer
   1995), p. 81.
Broad Form Property Damage Coverage, Third Edition, by Patrick J. Wielinski and Jack P. Gibson. Jean Lucey. Vol.
   6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 77.
California Insurance Law and Practice, Matthew Bender & Co. H. Sinclair Kerr, Jr., and James M. Wagstaffe. Vol.
   1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 79.
A Comparative Study of Liability Law and Compensation Schemes in Ten Countries and the United States, by Werner
   Pfennigstorf, with Donald G. Gifford. Jean Lucey. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 74.
Construction Risk Management, International Risk Management Institute, Inc. Jean Lucey. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall
   1988), p. 75.
Construction Surety and Bonding Handbook, by Gordon Hunt. Jean Lucey. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 78.
Contributions to Insurance Economics, edited by Georges Dionne. Jean Lucey. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 78.
Deregulation and Competition in the Insurance Industry, by Banks McDowell. Jean Lucey. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring
   1990), p. 77.
D&O Maps, The Wyatt Company, The D&O Book: A Comparison Guide to Directors & Officers Liability Insurance
   Policies, by Gary W. Griffin. Jean Lucey. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 67.
Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls. Jean Lucey. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 101.
Failed Promises: Insurance Company Insolvencies, U.S. House of Representatives Report. Jean Lucey. Vol. 4, No.
   2 (Summer 1990), p. 78.
Fighting Fraud in the Insurance Industry, edited by Insurance Research Council. Jean Lucey. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer
   1993), p. 80.
Financial Analysis of Insurance Companies, Casualty Actuarial Society. Jean Lucey. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Winter 1989),
   p. 79.
Handbook on Insurance Coverage Disputes, Third Edition, by Barry Ostranger and Thomas R. Newman. Jean Lucey.
   Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 76.
How Insurance Companies Value Claims, by William R. Kaufman. Jean Lucey. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 76.
Insurance Coverage of Construction Disputes, by Scott C. Turner. Jean Lucey. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 79.
Insuring and Managing Hazardous Risks: From Seveso to Bhopal and Beyond, edited by Paul R. Kleindorfer. Jean
   Lucey. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 79.
The Law of Commercial Insurance, by Mark S. Rhodes. Jean Lucey. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 79.
Law of Reinsurance, by Graydon S. Staring. Jean Lucey. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 78.
Litigation and Prevention of Insurer Bad Faith, by Dennis J. Wall. Jean Lucey. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 79.
Lloyd’s, the ILU, and the London Insurance Market 1990, by Daniel M. Bianca. Jean Lucey. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall
   1991), p. 78.
Manufacturing Risk Management and Insurance, International Risk Management Institute, Inc. Jean Lucey. Vol.
   2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 75.
Miller’s Standard Insurance Policies Annotated, by Susan J. Miller and Philip Lefebvre. Elizabeth Squeri. Vol. 1, No.
   3 (Fall 1987), p. 79.
New Directions in Liability Law, edited by Walter Olson. Jean Lucey. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 77.
Precautionary Risk Management: Dealing With Catastrophic Loss Potentials in Business, the Community and Society,
   by Mark Jablonowski. Jean Lucey. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007). p. 103.
Risk Management and Insurance Audit Techniques, by Dwight E. Levick, CPCU. Jean Lucey. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring
   1989), p. 80.
Risk Management for Computer Security: Protecting Your Network and Information Assets, by Andy Jones and Debi
   Ashenden, Jean Lucey, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 85.
Testimonial Privileges. Laura A. Foggan. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 110.
Underground Tank Leak Insurance ... Maximizing Your Coverage, by Richard Levy, Esq., and Leslie Foster, Esq. Jean
   Lucey. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 78.
Who Should be Liable? A Guide to Policy for Dealing With Risk. The Committee for Economic Development,
   Research and Policy Committee. Jean Lucey. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 77.
Workers Compensation: Exposures, Coverage, Claims, by Dwight E. Levick and Barbara Grzincic. Jean Lucey. Vol.
   8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 80.
Workers Compensation Insurance and Law Practice: the Next Generation, by Donald T. DeCarlo and Martin
   Minkowitz. Jean Lucey. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 62.
Your Guide to the New I.S.O. Commercial Lines Policies, John Liner Organization. Curt Peterson. Vol. 1, No. 1
   (Spring 1987), p. 81.

Builder’s Risk Insurance
Builders Risk and Installation Form: Inland Marine Insurance or Property Insurance? William J. Warfel, and Jeffrey J.
   Asperger. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 51.
Insuring Property Under Construction. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 56.
Property Insurance for Construction Risks. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 56.

Business Continuity Planning
Business Continuity Plan Maintenance: Often-Neglected Key to Business Survival. Victor Gordon. Vol. 16, No. 3
  (Fall 2002), p. 100.
Business Continuity Planning: Lessons Learned from a Decade of Mega-Disasters. Victor Gordon. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall
  2010), p. 32.
Business Interruption, Enterprise Risk Management, and Supply-Chain Risks. John W. Schaefer. Vol. 21, No. 4
  (Winter 2008), p. 28.
Chronic Knowledge Loss: Managing the Risk, Hamilton Beazley, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 81.
Pandemic Influenza — Act Now! A.V. Riswadkar and Clayton Shoup. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 43.
Pandemic Planning: Is Your Business Continuity Plan Enough?, Michelle L. Cross, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p.
  41.
Product Recall: Implications for Business-Continuity Planners. Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 15, No. 2. (Summer 2001), p.
  7.
Putting the Numbers First. Daniel T. Torpey. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 27.
September 11 Aftermath: Ten Things Your Organization Can Do Now. Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter
  2002), p. 59.
September 11, 2001, Aftermath: Can Your Organization Afford to Relax? Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall
  2002), p. 65.
What Is There to Know About a Crisis? Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 7.

Business Income
Accounting for Depreciation in a Business Interruption Loss. William D. O’Connell and Larry G. Moeller. Vol. 6,
  No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 27.
Assessing Business Interruption Interdependency Exposures. John Krembs and Rodger Kingsbury. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall
  1987), p. 51.
Assessing Business Interruption Exposures in Changing Times. Thomas G. Kaiser. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p.
   49.
Business Income: Achieving a Fair Claim Settlement. Brent R. Kush. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 53.
Business Interruption in the Electronic Age. Steven N. Ambort. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 43.
Business Interruption Insurance: Does It Really Bridge the Income Gap? Suzanne Douglass. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991),
   p. 50.
Business Interruption Interdependency: Can the Risk Be Quantified? Teresa L. Pahl. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p.
   54.
Business Interruption: Protecting Against Contingent and Interdependency Losses. Don A. Wilks. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall
   1994), p. 33.
Considering the Wider Effects of the Catastrophe in a Business Income Loss. Richard P. Lewis, and Nicholas M. Insua.
   Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 47.
Exploring Common Business Interruption Issues. Stan Johnson and Kevin O’Toole. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p.
   59.
Has Corporate Reengineering Left New Business Interruption Risks in Its Wake? James J. Conerty. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall
   1996), p. 49.
How to Establish Business Interruption Values. Jerome Trupin. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 17.
Insuring Against Business Income Losses. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 57.
Interdependency: The Hidden Business Interruption Exposure. John M. Sullivan. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p.
   26.
Managing the Dynamics of Business Interruption Analysis. Martin F. Callaghan. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p.
   39.
Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part One of Two Parts. Robert B. Edgar. Vol. 11, No. 4
   (Winter 1998), p. 57.
Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part Two of Two Parts. Robert B. Edgar. Vol. 12, No. 1
   (Spring 1998), p. 47.
Putting the Numbers First. Daniel T. Torpey. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 27.
Recovering from an Extended Period of Business Interruption. Frank Farago. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 11.
Settling a Business Interruption Loss: Why Accountants Differ. Peter Weldon. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 23.
Solving the Business Income Coinsurance Quandary. Jerome Trupin. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 46.

Captive Insurance Companies
Association and Group Captives: Ten Keys to Success. Michael J. Moody. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 10.
Bank Captives: Some Actuarial Considerations. Mark J. Sobel. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 33.
A Captive Niche for the Medium-Sized Business. Charles R. Lee. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 17.
Captives and Terrorism Risk, William N. Curcio and James W. Macdonald. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 17.
Captives for the Middle Market. Don MacMeekin. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 29.
Captives: Here to Stay. Rosemary M. McAndrew. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 53.
Captives: More Than Just a Way to Finance Risk. Jay Jacobus. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 11.
Capturing a Piece of the Alternative Market. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 58.
Create Underwriting Profits With Your Single Parent Captive. Donald J. Riggin. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p.
   19.
Forming a Captive under The Risk Retention Act. Vincent J. Bell and Mac V. Snow. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987),
   p. 3.
JLR Forum: Some Thoughts on The Risk Retention Act. Nester Roos, George Klink and William Bolinder. Vol. 1,
   No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 74.
Pooling Risks in a Captive Insurance Company. Thomas R. Ullrich. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 41.
The Regulation of Captives. Michael R. Mead. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 63.
Rent-a-Captives: Why Own When You Can Rent? Roger Gillett and Robert Davis, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005),
   p. 17.
The Risk Retention Act: A Legal Guide. Michael D. Brown. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 10.
Risk Retention Groups Fuel Growth of Alternative Markets. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 41.
Risk Retention Groups: Pricing and Underwriting Prerequisites. Beverly Patrick. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 45.
Risk Retention: A Self-Inventory. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 23.
Taxes: What Every Risk Manager Needs to Know About Alternative Markets. Stephen C. Eldridge. Vol. 14, No. 1
   (Spring 2000), p. 73.
Vermont’s Thriving Captive Insurance Industry: Alternative Risk Financing in the Green Mountain State, Kevin
   Moriarty and Kathleen H. Davis, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 17.

Certificates of Insurance
“Certificates of Insurance” and “Additional Insured” Coverage: Maximize Value and Avoid Pitfalls. Robyn Anderson.
   Vol. 22, N. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 87.
Insurance Certificate Disclaimers — A Tutorial. William J. Warfel and Stanley R. Adamson. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer
   2010), p. 52.
Issues Regarding Sending Notification of Cancellation to Certificate Holders, Thomas E. Nelson, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring
   2007), p. 73.

Claims Handling
Abundant Claims Information: Boon or Bane? Gary Jennings. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 47.
Alternative Dispute Resolution in Adjudicating Insurance Claims. David P. Bender, Jr. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007),
   p. 77.
Alternative Dispute Resolution in Employment Actions, Whayne M. Hougland, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p.
   80.
Auditing Your Claims. Meike Olin. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 67.
Business Income: Achieving a Fair Claim Settlement. Brent R. Kush. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 53.
The “Care, Custody or Control” Exclusion. Thomas E. Nelson, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 76.
The Claim Game. Diana Shafter Gliedman. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 85.
Claims Handling: Understanding the Process. David W. Ives, Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 30.
Claims Negotiations: Holding Your Own Against Your Insurer. Lewis I. Stewart, III. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002),
   p. 29.
Creative Settlements in the Complex Insurance Coverage Context. James Paskell, Kathleen DeYoe, Paul Sugarman,
   and Wondie Russell. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 61.
Controlling Workers Compensation Claims Costs. Richard Manetta. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 13.
Defending Against Product Liability Claims. Anthony J. Ten-Barge and Daniel W. Houston. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer
   1997), p. 11.
Discontinued Operations: Handling Claims in a Run-Off Mode. Stephen J. Zielinski. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989),
   p. 47.
E-Discovery Rules and Risks: Understanding the Real-World Rules for the Virtual World of Electronic Documentation.
   Mike Herlihy and Gregg Bundschuh. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 70.
From Claims Management to Claims E-Management. Sean Downs. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 36.
The Future of Mobile Claims Is Here. David Chalmers. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 83.
How Companies Are Handling Complex Claims. Daniel T. Torpey and Jeffrey M. Phillips. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall
   2000), p. 45.
International Insurance Claims: Managing Multinational Exposures. Gregory S. Thaler and Susan E. Miller. Vol. 12,
   No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 27.
Litigating Contingent Business Income Claims. Richard P. Lewis. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 21.
Limitations on Privilege When Attorneys Act as Claims Handlers. Marshall Gilinsky. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008),
   p. 79.
   Loss Development for the Non-Claims Person. David F. Brauer. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 73.
Managing the Claims Process: How to Evaluate Vendor Performance. Brian D. Casey. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996),
   p. 21.
Negotiating the Hazards of D&O Lawsuits. Carol A. Noer. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 47.
Prepare for the Worst, Hope for the Best: A Claims Process Overview, Paul N. Lux and Christopher A. Mote, Vol.
   18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 47.
Reducing Employee Health Benefit Costs: A Case History. Bob Waid. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 43.
Risk Management Considerations in Regard to Corporate E-Mail and Electronic Documents. Albert Kassis. Vol. 22,
   No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 52.
A Risk Manager’s Guide to Claims Reserving, Gary C. Jennings. Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 62.
Room to Breathe: The “Return” of the Insurer’s Right of Discretion in Claims Handling. C.J. Haddick. Vol. 23, No. 4
   (Winter 2010), p. 38.
Salvage Supply and Demand: A Catastrophe Case Study. Dan Parsley. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 84.
Seize Control of Your Money: Improving Loss Ratios by Challenging Traditional Claims and Salvage Practices. Daniel
   S. Parsley. Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 67.
Settlement Agreements: Getting to the Final Chapter. Ann V. Kramer. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 15.
Shopping a la Carte in a Buffet Environment. Paul N. Lux and John J. Catrabone. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p.
   59.
Successfully Resolving Issues of Employee Dishonesty. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 41.
Virtual Adjusting: Today’s Solution to Today’s Problems. Kirk Hansen. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 58.
What Risk Managers Should Know About Handling a D&O Claim. Thomas L. Towle. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995),
   p. 41.
Why a Reservation of Rights Letter Is a Reservation for Trouble. David A. Shaneyfelt. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010),
  p. 69.

Claims-Made Policies
Another Perspective on Claims Made. Charles A. McAlear. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 71.
New Claims Made Liability Policies: A Mine Field for Agents and Brokers. David L. Pennington. Vol. 1, No. 1
  (Spring 1987), p. 50.
A Prospective for Claims Made CGL Policies. C. Roy Vince. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 68.

Communication — Insurers and Agents
Insurer Spam: How to Communicate to Agents Effectively. Thomas E. Nelson, and Oliver Nelson. Vol. 21, No. 4
   (Winter 2008), p. 89.
Issues Regarding Sending Notification of Cancellation to Certificate Holders, Thomas E. Nelson, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring
   2007), p. 73.
Minimizing Collection of Worthless Data. Thomas E. Nelson. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 85.
Modern Tower of Babel. Thomas E. Nelson. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), p. 88.
Modern Tower of Babel II. Thomas E. Nelson. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 73.

Construction Projects
Constructing a Solid Foundation as an Additional Insured. Kimberley E. Montanaro. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006),
   p. 94.
Construction Projects: A Survey of the Latest Liability Coverage Cases. Jeffrey D. Masters and Robert D. Infelise.
   Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 19.
Contractors’ Commercial General Liability Coverage in Peril. Arthur Flitner. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 38.
Insurance for Construction Risks—Part Two. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 53.
Insuring Property under Construction. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 56.
Jurisdictional Intervention: The True Cost to Rebuild. Christopher J. Boggs, Vol. 22, No. 1(Spring 2008), p. 39.
Proper Preparation for Doing Business in a Foreign Country. Gregg Bundschuh, J.D. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010),
   p. 28.
Property Insurance for Construction Risks. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 56.
Structuring Liability Insurance Programs for Construction Projects. Jeffrey D. Masters. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988),
   p. 3.
Subrogation: A Contractor’s Nightmare. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 59.
The “Three Cs” of Construction Contract Bonding. Daniel D. Waldorf, Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 21.

Contractor’s Equipment Coverage
Filling in the Gaps of Contractor’s Equipment Coverage. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 63.

Crime Insurance
Data Security: Defensive Driving on the Information Superhighway. John S. Ingram. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997),
   p. 49.
Identifying Sharks When Swimming in International Waters. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p.
   7.
Inventory Shortage Exclusion Revisited. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 48.
Inventory Shortage Exclusion Revisited... Again. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 69.
Kidnap, Ransom, and Extortion: Threats and Responses. Jean Lucey. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 93.
A Marriage Made in Heaven??? Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 27.
Protecting Assets: Preventing Employee Theft. Lori Dickerson and Gary Tully. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p.
   33.
A Review of Selected Coverages. George R. Klink. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 52.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Strategies for Preventing Employee Fraud in Times of Transition. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996),
   p. 40.
Successfully Resolving Issues of Employee Dishonesty. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 41.
Techniques for Dealing with Employee Dishonesty. Julie Reese and Anthony Ten-Barge. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer
   1992), p. 43.

Crisis Management
(See also “Disaster Recovery”)
The ABCs of High-Stakes Decisions, Mark Jablonowski, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 26.
Application of Catastrophe Models in Risk Management. Thomas O’Brien. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 17.
Business Continuity Plan Maintenance: Often-Neglected key to Business Survival. Victor Gordon. Vol. 16, No. 3
   (Fall 2002), p. 100.
Catastrophe Modeling: A Vital Tool for Property-Casualty Risk. George H. Baldwin II. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001),
   p. 43.
Crisis Management in a Networked World. Philip S. Pierson. Vol 14, No, 4 (Winter 2001), p. 61.
Crisis Management Plan: A Critical Segment of Your Risk Management Program. Richard H. Soper. Vol. 8, No. 4
   (Winter 1995), p. 50.
Crisis Planning: Protecting Your Employees When Things Fall Apart. Bruce Wimmer. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001),
   p. 85.
Dealing With the Media in Time of Crisis. Steven Poole. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 9.
Developing Crisis Action Plans: How to Inject Organizational Knowledge Into Decision-Making. Victor Gordon. Vol.
   20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 39.
Environmental Crisis Prevention and Management. Joseph L. King and Carolyn M. Casavan. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter
   2001), p. 47.
Five Steps Ahead of the Loss. Finley Harckham and Marvin Milton. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 84.
Hope for the Best, Plan for the Worst. Kevin S. Joerling. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 67.
How to Develop a Crisis Management Plan—Part Two. Richard H. Soper. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 64.
Integrating Plans, Resources, and Management Systems for Effective Crisis Management. Bruce T. Blythe, Vol. 17,
   No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 7.
International Kidnap and Ransom Scenarios: Understanding the Problem and Protecting Your Employees. Thomas A.
   Clayton. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 47.
Kidnap, Ransom, and Extortion Risks — The Inside Story. Barry K. Mansour. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 37.
Planning and Communicating Your Way Through a Catastrophe. Lori A. Brassell-Cicchini. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter
   2001), p. 21.
Planning for an Environmental Disaster: A Corporate Necessity, Lori A. Brassell-Cicchini, Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall
   2004), p. 25.
Risk and Insurance in a Post-Gulf Catastrophe World. James W. Hutchin and Norman A. Baglini. Vol. 24, No. 3
   (Fall 2010), p. 7.
The Salvor’s Role in Crisis Management. Ron Callan, Sr. and Ron Callan, Jr. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 73.
September 11 Aftermath: Ten Things Your Organization Can Do Now. Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter
   2002), p. 59.
Strategies for Effective Catastrophe Management. Winston Bean. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 5.
Riswadkar, A.V. and Clayton Shoup. Strategies for Mitigating Water Intrusion Before and After Disaster Strikes. Vol.
   20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 74.
Strike Before Disaster Does! A.V. Riswadkar, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 7.
What Is There to Know About a Crisis? Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 7.
Will BP’s Catastrophe in the Gulf Be the Defining Moment for Oil Industry Executives? Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 24, No.
   3 (Fall 2010), p. 18.
Directors & Officers Liability
2007 Liability Snapshot and D&O Marketplace Trends, Susanne Murray, Esq., and Fred T. Podolsky, Vol. 21, No. 1
  (Spring 2007), p. 7.
Allocation Issues in D&O Liability Insurance. Jean Lucey. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 80.
Back to the Basics. Jean Lucey. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 93.
Bank Directors and Officers Liability: Some Special Considerations. James C. Gray. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p.
  39.
Capitalism in a Post-Enron World, Charles B. Tilley, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 18.
A Claims-eye View of the D&O Marketplace. Albert L. Salvatico. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 53.
Climate Change Is Heating Up D&O Liability. Carol A.N. Zacharias. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 7.
Corporate Divestitures: Management Liability, Indemnification, and Coverage. J. Glenn Dockery and Ann M.
  Longmore. Vol. 15, No. 2. (Summer 2001), p. 37.
Corporate Governance and Sarbanes-Oxley — Boon or Bust for D&O Insurers? Leslie J. Hawkes. Vol. 17, No. 4
  (Winter 2004), p. 80.
Corporate Responses to D&O Indemnification Following Schoon v. Troy. Costa N. Kensington and Wendy
  Williamson. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 15.
The D&O Insurance Market Today. Fred T. Podolsky and Susanne Mast Murray. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010),
  p. 7.
Directors and Officers Liability Forecast and State of the Insurance Market. Susanne Mast Murray and Fred T. Podolsky.
   Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 77.
Directors and Officers Insurance Coverage for Subprime Liabilities: We Have Been Here Before. James Fournier. Vol.
   22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 79.
Directors and Officers Liability in the Current Insurance Market. George R. Klink. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p.
   54.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 57.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance: A Coverage Analysis. Jerold Oshinsky and Judith Hall Howard. Vol. 5,
   No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 34.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance — The Rules Are Tougher Now, Andrea Trimble Hart, Vol. 16, No. 4
   (Winter 2003), p. 26.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance: The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Other Issues, Joseph P. Monteleone,
   Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), P. 39.
Directors and Officers Liability: Loss Control and Prevention Strategies, Selina Memedova, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter
   2003), p. 79.
The D&O Insurance Market Today. Susanne Mast Murray and Fred J. Podolsky. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p.
   17.
D&O Risks and Premiums on the Rise. Karsten Klehs. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p.63.
D&O Insurance — Are You Getting the Coverage You Thought You Bought? Jeffrey E. Glen. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall
   2008), p. 100.
Ds&Os: Are They Really Covered? James D. Wing. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 7.
Emerging Trends in D&O Liability Litigation. Brian L. Smith and Jamie Anthony. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p.
   36.
Europe and Canada: Directors and Officers Increasingly at Risk. William J. Kelly. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p.
   33.
The Growing Need for Personal Directors & Officers Liability Protection. Bruce D. Guthart. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer
   2003), p. 95.
How Sarbanes-Oxley and Market Dynamics Are Shaping D&O Insurance: A Primer for Policy Purchasers. David E.
   Wood. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 93.
Implications for Insurance When Control Changes Hands. John Merrigan and Erwin Wolf. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring
   2005), p. 44.
Important International Developments in Executive Liability. Carol A.N. Zacharias. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010),
   p. 17.
Is the Insurance Industry Ripe for Change? David E. Wood, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005). P. 87.
Limiting the Liabilities of Directors and Officers. Joseph P. Monteleone. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p.3.
Managing the Liability Risks of Corporate Directors and Officers. J. Kelly Reyher, David Beattie, and Judith Pierson.
   Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 13.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Directors and Officers Insurance and Indemnity. J. Glenn Dockery. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring
   1999), p. 47.
Negotiating the Hazards of D&O Lawsuits. Carol A. Noer. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 47.
New Source of Nonindemnifiable Claims Against Directors and Officers. Geoffrey D. Fallon, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring
   2006), p. 83.
A Novel and Necessary Approach to Management Liabilities of Small- and Mid-Cap Public Companies. Peter McKenna.
   Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006). p. 100.
On Finding Linkages: Corporate Governance and Operational Risk. Penny Cagan. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p.
   7.
The Pacific Rim: A Changing Legal Climate for Directors and Officers. Brian M. Kawamoto. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring
   1994), p. 41.
Protecting Corporate Executives. Robert Montgomery. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 83.
Protecting Your Directors and Officers From Liability: Examining Indemnification and Insurance. Susanne Mast Murray
   and Fred T. Podolsky. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 7.
A Quarter Century of Nonprofit Operation. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 86.
Risk Exposures for Directors and Officers in “Going Private” Transactions. Susanne Murray. Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer
   2001), p. 49.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Stock Option Backdating Claims: Are They Covered? David E. Wood, Esq. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 62.
A Study of Shareholder Class-Action Litigation. William R. Ballowe. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 13.
Tag-Along Fiduciary Claims to Shareholder Class Actions. Geoffrey D. Fallon. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 81.
Trends in Securities Class Action Litigation and Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. Carol A.N. Zacharias. Vol.
  20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 7.
Under a Good Umbrella: Solutions for Personal Liability Exposure. James Kane and Robb Lanham. Vol. 19, No. 4
  (Winter 2006), p. 89.
Unexpected D&O Coverage Issues in Bankruptcy. Geoffrey D. Fallon. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 7.
Update: Delaware Amendment in Response to Schoon v. Troy. Costa N. Kensington and Wendy J. Williamson. Vol.
  23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 83.
What Risk Managers Should Know About Handling a D&O Claim. Thomas L. Towle. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995),
  p. 41.

Disaster Recovery
“All Disasters Is Local.” Jean Lucey. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 93.
Business Continuity Plan Maintenance: Often-Neglected key to Business Survival. Victor Gordon. Vol. 16, No. 3
   (Fall 2002), p. 100.
Coping With Disaster: Put the Pieces Together Before It Happens. William F. Jenaway. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p.
   27.
Counting the Cost: How to Measure the Net Impact of a Major Urban Disaster. John Tepper Marlin and Peter
   Rousmaniere. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p.24.
Crisis Management Plan: A Critical Segment of Your Risk Management Program. Richard H. Soper. Vol. 8, No. 4
   (Winter 1995), p. 50.
Crisis Planning: Protecting Your Employees When Things Fall Apart. Bruce Wimmer. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001),
   p. 85.
Dealing With Cash-Flow Problems After a Loss. Peter Weldon and Ian Ratner. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p.
   23.
Dealing With the Media in Time of Crisis. Steven Poole. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 9.
Disaster Response: Are You Truly Prepared? Jeff Charlton, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 17.
Environmental Contamination: Is Your Company at Risk? Peter G. Rowley. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 25.
ERM and Pandemics, Part 2; The Military Model: Changing the Outcome. Kenneth R. Rado, Robert J. Schneider,
   and Michael H. Hoffman. ERM and Pandemics, Part 2; The Military Model: Changing the Outcome. Vol. 23, No.
   3 (Fall 2009), p. 73.
 How to Develop a Crisis Management Plan — Part Two. Richard H. Soper. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 64.
How to Develop a Disaster Recovery Program. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991),
   p. 67.
How to Plan for Natural Disasters. Steven W. Sachs. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 3.
How to Survive a Computer Disaster. Steven Lewis. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 21.
Investor Relations: How to Protect Your Bottom Line. Michael J. Walsh. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 19.
Life and Health Safety: Saving Lives Through Proper Planning. Donald Olesen. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 17.
Managing the Liability Risks of Corporate Directors and Officers. J. Kelly Reyher, David Beattie, and Judith Pierson.
   Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 13.
Pandemic: How Unprepared Are We? Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 7.
Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part One of Two Parts. Robert B. Edgar. Vol. 11, No. 4
   (Winter 1998), p. 57.
Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part Two of Two Parts. Robert B. Edgar. Vol. 12, No. 1
   (Spring 1998), p. 47.
Recovering from an Extended Period of Business Interruption. Frank Farago. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 11.
The Role of Insurance and Mitigation in Reducing Disaster Losses. Howard Kunreuther. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994),
   p. 11.
Strategies for Effective Catastrophe Management. Winston Bean. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 5.
Turn Disaster to Your Advantage With an Operations Recovery Strategy. Detlef K. Koska. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995),
   p. 23.

E-Commerce
(See also Internet)
Better Self-Insurance Through Technology. Robert Faulhaber. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 33.
The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Nine Risk Managers. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Corporate Expression: The High Cost of Free Speech. Russell Hickey, Michael DiSilvestro, and Cameron Stracher.
  Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 81.
Crisis Management in a Networked World. Philip S. Pierson. Vol 14, No, 4 (Winter 2001), p. 61.
Cybercrime: Understanding, Preventing, and Recovering From the Risk. Peter C. Foster. Vol. 15, No, 2, (Summer
  2001) p.57.
E-commerce and the Insurance Industry. Robert Hitt. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 11.
E-Risk Management: Exceeding the Standards, Linda Conrad. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 45.
Electronic Signatures — Risk Management in Cyberspace. D. Brent Israelsen and Tracy Scott. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter
   2004), p. 68.
The Exposures of E-Business and Emerging Insurance Coverage. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003),
   p. 25.
Five Steps Ahead of the Loss. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 84.
Insurance for Cyber Exposures: Coming of Age in the New Millennium. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter
2009), p. 7.
Internet Marketing and Beyond. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 73
The Internet, Marketing, and Insurance. Ginny Cummings. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 35.
Managing E-business Risks. Gary M. Slep and Emily Q. Freeman. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 19.
Marching to a Global Drum: Electronic Commerce Takes the World by Storm. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter
   1999), p. 89.
Reducing the Risk of Information Leakage. Adam Nelson and David Etue, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), P. 29.
Risk Management Considerations in Regard to Corporate E-Mail and Electronic Documents. Albert Kassis. Vol. 22,
   No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 52.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Technology E&O Insurance: Filling Liability Coverage Gaps. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 65.
Technology: The Opportunities and the Obstacles. Martin Sheffield. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 7.
When Worlds Collide: E-commerce Meets Insurance. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 129.

Earthquake
Avoiding Insurer Insolvencies: Lessons from the Thrift Crisis. Robert E. Litan. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 3.
A Guide to Earthquake Hazard Analysis. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p.
  73.

Electromagnetic Energy
Covering the Fields: Accessing Historical General Liability Policies for EMF-Related Claims. Peter J. Kalis, Thomas M.
  Reiter, and Chris Michael Temple. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 43.
Electromagnetic Energy Hazards: Are Perceptions Defining the Risk? A.V. Riswadkar. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995),
  p. 33.
Electromagnetic Fields: The Jury Is Still Out. Jean Lucey. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 78.
Electromagnetic Fields: What Are the Liability Risks? Rob Manor. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 36.
The Link Between Electromagnetic Fields and Cancer. Thomas M. Fallert and Terry C. Cavanaugh. Vol. 12, No. 3
  (Fall 1998), p. 61.

Emerging Issues
“Death of Company”: Insurance Coverage in Bankruptcy. Joshua Gold. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 93.
Emerging Issue Management: A Necessity in Today’s Rapidly Changing Business Environment. Victor Gordon. Vol.
   17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. p. 69.
Insurance Coverage for TCPA and FACTA Claims. John D. Shugrue, and Kevin B. Dreher. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter
   2008), p. 67.
Is the Insurance Industry Ripe for Change? David E. Wood. Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005). p. 87.
Leased Employees and Other Contingent Workers: Panacea or Pandora’s Box? Tacita A. Mikel Scott, and E. Abena
   Antwi. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 62.
Managing the Emerging Risks of Nanotechnology. Connie Germano. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 30.
Nanotechnology: Ready or Not, Here It Comes! Harrison D. Oellrich, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 33.
New on the Horizon: Nanotechnology. Lynn L. Bergeson. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 39.
The New Risk Management Paradox: Social Trends, Risk Management, and Public Policy. Gerald F. Ladner. Vol. 22,
   No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 7.
On the Industry Coverage of University RMI Programs: Is There an Eastern Bias? J. Tim Query. Vol. 24, No. 1
   (Spring 2010), p. 87.
Pandemic Influenza — Act Now! A.V. Riswadkar and Clayton Shoup. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 43.
Pandemic Planning: Is Your Business Continuity Plan Enough?, Michelle L. Cross, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p.
   41.
The Rise of Systemic Risk. Lawrence Pistell. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 7.
Why Sustainability Risk Management Matters. Dan R. Anderson. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 7.
Employee Benefits
The Endless Evolution of Fiduciary Liability Exposures. Frank M. Baron. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 35.
The FSMA: Legal Overview, Insurance Issues, and Compliance Tips. George S. Sutcliffe. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000),
  p. 71.
Human Resources: A Place to Save in Mergers and Acquisitions. Peter M. Miterko. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999),
  p. 35.
Prepaid Legal Services: An Employee Benefit Program Option. Alec M. Schwartz. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p.
  41.
Reducing Employee Health Benefits Costs: A Case History. Bob Waid. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 43.

Employee Management Issues
(See also: “Employment Practices Liability”)
Are Corporations Better Prepared to Deal with Fraud and Dishonesty? A Look at Fraud Prevention Programs After
   Enron, WorldCom, and Sarbanes-Oxley. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 7.
Are You Prepared for Workplace Violence? LaVina C. Branch. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 73.
Are You Your Employee’s Keeper? Christopher J. Boggs. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), 39.
The Cost of Employee Misconduct: A Million-Dollar Mistake. John S. Kula. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), P. 35.
EAP/WLB: A Business Solution for Improving Workplace Productivity. Jennifer Arbanas and Kathy Prosser. Vol. 15,
   No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 63.
Managing Your Career in a Bungee-Jump World, Steven R. Webber, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 65.
Managing Your Second Worst Nightmare: Employment Termination. Douglas R. Shaller. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring
   2001), p. 15.
Monitoring Employees: Policies and Risks. George S. Sutcliffe. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 89.
Protecting Yourself and Your Employees … From Your Employees! Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001),
   p. 25.
Recession-Proofing Work Force Productivity: How Employers Are Managing Disability in a Downturn Economy. Tammy
   Bradly. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 85.
Rogue Employees and the Legendary Super Rogue: A Risk Manager’s Worst Nightmare. Robert P. Hartwig. Vol. 15,
   No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 7.
Strategies for Preventing Employee Fraud in Times of Transition. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996),
   p. 40.
Successfully Resolving Issues of Employee Dishonesty. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 41.
Techniques for Dealing with Employee Dishonesty. Julie Reese and Anthony Ten-Barge. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer
   1992), p. 43.
Till Termination Do Us Part: A Primer on Effectively Managing Today’s Work Force. Lewis E. Hassett, Esq. and Tacita
   A. Mikel Scott, Esq. Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 43.
Total Absence Management: A Common-Sense Approach. Betsy Robinson. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 53.

Employment Practices Liability
Accommodating Disabled Persons in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992),
  p. 69.
Avoid Becoming an EEOC Statistic. Jann Browning. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 45.
Avoiding Employer Liability Benefits Us All. Jean Lucey. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 109
The Birth of an Insurance Product. Jean Lucey. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 101.
Book Review: Employment Practices Liability Insurance, by Kelly A. M. Bowdren. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 11, No.
  4 (Winter 1998), p. 51.
Corporate Divestitures: Management Liability, Indemnification, and Coverage. J. Glenn Dockery and Ann M.
  Longmore. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 37.
Current State of the Employment Practices Liability Market. Maria Treglia. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 71.
Dealing with the New Risks of Employment Liability. Karla J. De Steuben and Jane Y. Rastallis. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter
  1992), p. 3.
Designing an Effective Reporting System for Employment Practices. George E. Howes. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999),
  p. 63.
The Effect of Current and Future Employment Liability Trends on Employers. Robert E. Plunkett. Vol. 24, No. 1
  (Spring 2010), p. 25.
Employee Discrimination Claims: Are You Covered? R. Mark Keenan. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 35.
Employment Practices: Insurance Remedies for a Growing Liability Headache. Phillip N. Norton. Vol. 8, No. 4
  (Winter 1995), p. 31.
Employment Practices Liability Insurance: Does It Cover Invasion of Privacy and Identity Theft Claims? Cheryl Tama
  Oblander, Kevin Cloutier, and Kristine Zeabart. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 21.
Employment Practices Liability: Escalating and Unpredictable Exposures in a Changing Economy. Carole Lynn Proferes.
   Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer 2001), p. 25.
Employment Practices Liability: The Evolution of an Equal Opportunity Menace. Robert P. Hartwig. Vol. 13, No. 2
   (Summer 1999), p. 7.
Employment Practices Liability: Expansion of Risk, Risk Management, and Insurance. Peter C. Foster. Vol. 13, No. 2
   (Summer 1999), p. 37.
Employment Practices Liability: A Fin-de-Siècle Insurance Story. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999),
   p. 95.
Employment Practices Liability Insurance: A Primer. Frances Railey. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 91.
Employment Practices Liability Insurance: Maximizing Coverage in an Evolving Market. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 13,
   No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 77.
Employment Practices Liability Insurance: What Do Buyers Want? William C. Bruce. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer
   1999), p. 71.
Employment Practices Liability: Surviving the Legal Maze. Robert M. Gault. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 5.
The FSMA: Legal Overview, Insurance Issues, and Compliance Tips. George S. Sutcliffe. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000),
   p. 71.
The Good Employment Practices Liability Risk. William C. Bruce. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Spring 1998), p. 25.
Hiring and Firing: A Prescription to Protect Employers. David C. Korte and Julie Reese. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer
   1992), p. 35.
How to Avoid Legal Problems When Recruiting on the Internet. Thomas Royall Smith and Vincent J. Miraglia. Vol.
   14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 41.
Insurance Coverage for Employment Claims: Buyer Beware. David P. Bender, Jr. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006), p.
   83.
Managing the Risks of Employment Practices. Douglas R. Shaller. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 19.
Managing Your Second Worst Nightmare: Employment Termination. Douglas R. Shaller. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring
   2001), p. 15.
The Marriage of Workers Compensation and Employment Practices Liability Insurance in Maine. Donald V. Hale and
   Allan M. Muir. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 33.
Mitigating the Risk of Hiring and Payroll Fraud. Donald J. Fergus. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 63.
Monitoring Employees: Policies and Risks. George S. Sutcliffe. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 89.
New EPL Programs Are Filling a Coverage Gap. Anthony Trivella. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 30.
Preventing and Tackling Employee Claims of Corporate Wrongdoing. Michael J. Maloney. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer
   1999), p. 49.
Protecting Corporate Executives. Robert Montgomery. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 83.
Sexual Misconduct and Wrongful Employment Practices: A Coverage Analysis. Andrew D. Dunn. Vol. 10, No. 2
   (Summer 1996), p. 19.
Supporting Our Troops in the Workplace: An Introduction to the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
   Rights Act of 1994. Tacita A. Mikel Scott, Esq., and, Steven J. Pritchett, Esq. Vol. 20, No. 2 (Summer 2006),
   23.
Wrongful Employment Practices Claims: Will Your Liability Policies Respond? Joseph P. Monteleone. Vol. 8, No. 1
   (Spring 1994), p. 3.
Wrongful Termination Claims: The Search for Coverage. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 58.
Wrongful Termination Defense Strategies. Ralph D. Stern, Linda A. Tripoli, and Sharon D. Banks. Vol. 2, No. 1
   (Spring 1988), p. 31.

Enterprise Risk Management
The 80% Solution: Broadening Supply-Chain Risk Management as Practical Enterprise Risk Management. Kenneth R.
  Rado and Robert J. Schneider. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 89.
Business Interruption, Enterprise Risk Management, and Supply-Chain Risks. John W. Schaefer. Vol. 21, No. 4
  (Winter 2008), p. 28.
Clearly Differentiating Between the Old and New Models of Risk Management: A Discussion of ERM Today. Donna
  Galer. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 20.
Cyber War, ERM, and the Supply Chain. Robert J. Schneider, Kenneth R. Rado, and Michael H. Hoffman. Vol.
  23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 80.
Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls. Jean Lucey. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 101.
Enterprise Risk Management: Its Evolution and Where It Stands Today. Peter Teuten. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p.
  7.
Enterprise Risk Management and the Betting Man. Kenneth R. Rado and Robert J. Schneider. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring
  2009), p. 81.
Enterprise Risk Management and Pandemic Outbreaks. Kenneth R. Rado and Robert J. Schneider.Vol. 23, No. 2
   (Summer 2009), p. 84.
The ERM Machine: Has Risk Management Lost Its Way? Rick Vassar. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 95.
ERM’s Shadow: Why Private Enterprise Needs Its Own Definition of Cyber War. Kenneth R. Rado, Robert J.
   Schneider, and Michael H. Hoffman. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 74.
Expanding Risks: Enterprise Risk Management Solutions. Jonathan M. Zaffino. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 63.
The Evolution of Enterprise Risk Management, John W. Schaefer. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 7.
Integrating Enterprise Risk Management Into the Company and the Community. Kenneth R. Rado and Robert J.
   Schneider. Vol. 24, No. 1 (Spring 2010), p. 74.
Introduction to the IRGC Risk Governance Framework. Christopher Bunting, Ortwin Renn, Marie-Valentine
   Florin, and Robin Cantor. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 7.
Navigating the ERM Technology Maelstrom. Evan R. Busman.Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p. 49.
Next Steps Toward a More Practical ERM Application. Kenneth R. Rado and Robert J. Schneider. Vol. 22, No. 1
   (Spring 2008), p. 96.
Opportunity Risk Management, Bruce Codding and John Schaefer. Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 7.
The Product Quality Challenge and ERM. Kenneth R. Rado and Robert J. Schneider. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter
   2009), p. 79.
Recognizing the Value of ERM. Donna Galer. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 61.
Risk Management as a Competitive Advantage. Kenneth R. Rado, Robert J. Schneider, and Michael H. Hoffman.
   Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 72.
Strategic Enterprise Risk Management and Pharmaceuticals. Cathy Burgess, Steve Niedelman, and John Fleder. Vol.
   23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 51.
Using a “Connected” Enterprise to Manage Risk and Performance. Randy Wheeler, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Spring 2006), p.
   39.

Environmental Risk Assessment
(See also Pollution Liability)
Absolutely Not Total: State Courts Recognize the Historical Limits of the Absolute” and “Total” Pollution Exclusions.
   Lorelie S. Masters, Susan C. Levy, and Jennifer A. Hasch. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 31.
Acquiring Real Property: Asset or Liability? Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 71.
Audit Techniques for Assessing Environmental Risks. Allan H. Bader and Phil Remig. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990),
   p. 70.
Determining the Presence of Hazardous Materials. Janina A. Jankauskas, Andrew D. Magee, Ellen E. Moyer, and
   William J. Rizzo, Jr. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 43.
Environmental Contamination: Is Your Company at Risk? Peter G. Rowley. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 25.
Environmental Crisis Prevention and Management. Joseph L. King and Carolyn M. Casavan. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter
   2001), p. 47.
Environmental Guarantees: Should They Come with the Real Estate? James M. Pearce. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993),
   p. 35.
Environmental Insurance: Helping Turn Old Military Bases Into Something New. Robert P. Hallenbeck, Jr., Vol. 22,
   No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 19.
Environmental Insurance Solutions for Mergers and Acquisitions. Brad A. Maurer. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p.
   17.
Establishing the Level of Care for Site Assessments. Gregor I. McGregor. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 24.
General Liability Coverage for Asbestos, Environmental, and Year 2000 Claims. Joshua Gold. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter
   2000), p. 55.
Global Warming — Managing Your Weather-Related Risks, Michael Luck and Vijay Manghnani. Vol. 17, No. 3
   (Fall 2003), p. 32.
Global Warming and the Insurance Industry. Jean Lucey. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 79.
Going Global — Emerging International Issues for Environmental Programs. Karl J. Russek and William P. Hazelton.
   Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 17.
How Environmental Insurance Takes the Uncertainty Out of Brownfields Redevelopment, Alan J. Bressler, Vol. 18,
   No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 47.
How Lenders Were Left Unsecured For Mold-Related Losses on Commercial Loans And How to Fix the Problem. Paul
   Duggan and David Dybdahl. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 63.
How to Assess and Manage Pollution Liability Exposures. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 22.
In Search of Super Project Serendipity. Thomas V. Hallett. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 19.
ISO 14000: A New Environmental Risk Management Paradigm? James H. Schaarsmith. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter
   1996), p. 5.
Insurance Response to Pollution: Past, Present, and Future. Patricia A. Henry and Karl J. Russek. Vol. 18, No. 1
   (Spring 2004), p. 7.
Is There a Way to Finance Environmental Cleanup Liability? Eugene R. Anderson, Avraham C. Moskowitz, and
   Giovanni Rodriguez. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
Landowner Liability for Hazardous Waste. Gregor I. McGregor. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 29.
Managing Underground Storage Tank Risks. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p.
   72.
New Standard for Environmental Site Assessments: Insurance and Risk Management. Richard Zaradona and Kent J.
   Holland, Jr. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 20.
Planning for an Environmental Disaster: A Corporate Necessity, Lori A. Brassell-Cicchini. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall
   2004), p. 25.
Products-Pollution Risk Identification and Transfer. Lawrence M. Heim and Peter Romaine. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
   2004), p. 102.
Protecting the Redevelopment of Brownfields Sites With Environmental Insurance. John Butler. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
   2004), p. 94.
Protecting Workers Who Protect the Environment. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 69.
Radon: Another Environmental Risk to Contend With. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer
   1989), p. 70.
Safety and Loss Control Techniques for Laboratories. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989),
   p. 68.
Silica Liability: The Next Asbestos? Robert P. Hartwig and Claire Wilkinson, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), P.
   35.
Strategic Risk Management of Environmental Liabilities, William P. Hazelton and Douglas W. Oliver, Vol. 16, No. 4
   (Winter 2003), p. 48.
The Challenge of Environmental Underwriting. Katrina Ghironi. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 98.
Waste Management for Healthcare Facilities. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p.
   75.

Ethics
Ethics in the Insurance Industry. Thomas E. Nelson. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 88.

European Single Market
EC 1992 Shapes a Larger Market with Fewer Insurers. Gary W. Roubinek. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 40.
Europe Charts a New Course for Product Liability. Edward J. Hester. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 10.
Europe’s Single Insurance Market Nears Completion. Thomas J. Drag. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 32.
1992: Short-Term Project or Ongoing Operation? William H. Bolinder. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 16.
Opening the Door to Europe’s Single Market. Edward J. Hester. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 3.
Pollution Liability Problems Undaunted by Borders. Wilhelm Zeller. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 17.
Product Liability: How Will the EC Directive Affect Insurance Buyers? Bruno Zingg. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990),
  p. 23.
A Unified Europe Beckons U. S. Insurers to the Global Marketplace. Henry G. Parker III. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter
  1990), p. 8.
Federal Flood Insurance
Flood Insurance Requirements: Deep Waters of Confusion. Roger Watson and Mike Moye. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988),
   p. 3.
Insuring Against Flood and Other Water Damage Losses. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 30.

Fiduciary Liability
Corporate Divestitures: Management Liability, Indemnification, and Coverage. J. Glenn Dockery and Ann M.
  Longmore. Vol. 15, No. 2, (Summer 2001), p. 37.
The Endless Evolution of Fiduciary Liability Exposures. Frank M. Baron. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 35.
Fiduciary Liability Insurance: Some Coverage Considerations. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 67.
Finessing Your Fiduciary Liabilities. Patricia Logan. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer2000), p. 7.
Implications for Insurance When Control Changes Hands. John Merrigan and Erwin Wolf. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring
  2005), p. 44.
Tag-Along Fiduciary Claims to Shareholder Class Actions. Geoffrey D. Fallon. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 81.

Fine Arts
Art in Transit: International Transportation of Fine Art. Dorit Straus. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 37.
Fine Arts Insurance: Catastrophic Exposures and Aggregation of Risk. Norman Newman. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter
  2004), p. 74.
The Fine Art of Handling Museum Risks. Phillip H. Babcock. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 34.

Fleet Risk Management
Safeguard Against Negligence Issues in Fleet Management, Rob Martin and Jon Booren, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer
  2005), p. 61.

Fraud
Finding Weaknesses Before They Do: Exception-Based Systems and Fraud. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 24, No. 2
  (Summer 2010), p. 33.


Global Risk Management
(See also International Insurance Markets)
Born Global. Donna Galer. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 85.
Crisis or Opportunity: The Liability Dilemma. Ajay Gupta. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 104.
Global Risk Management in a Post-September 11 World. James W. Hutchin. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 41.
Going Global — Emerging International Issues for Environmental Programs. Karl J. Russek and William P. Hazelton.
    Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 17.
Identifying Sharks When Swimming in International Waters. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p.
    7.
The Impact of Globalization on Risk Management. Victor Gordon, Mark E. Hetherington, and Rolf Schmid. Vol.
    15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 73.
Important International Developments in Executive Liability. Carol A.N. Zacharias. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010),
    p. 17.
Insuring a Global Village. Larry Penn and Susan Covill. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 20.
It’s a Global Market Now. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 106.
Managing the Complex Challenges of a Global Insurance Program: Foreign Clinical Trials Case Study. Lee W. Farrow
    and Robert J. Gaffney. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 28.
Managing Global Security Risks. Jean McDermott-Lucey. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 19.
Optimizing the Insurance Supply Chain. Jean-Francois Spoiden. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 63.
Perspectives From Europe: A Pan-European Tour of a Changing Landscape. John Evans, James Barratt, and Collette
    Rawnsley. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 61.
Political Risk: Balancing the Risks and Rewards of Emerging Markets. Fredrik Mürer. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p.
    17.
The Rise of Systemic Risk. Lawrence Pistell. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 7.
September 11, 2001: One Hundred Minutes of Terror That Changed the Global Insurance Industry Forever. Robert P.
    Hartwig. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 7.
September 11, 2001: The First Year. Robert P. Hartwig. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 15.
Sorting Out the Challenges. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 81.
A Unified Europe Beckons U. S. Insurers to the Global Marketplace. Henry G. Parker III. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter
    1990), p. 8.
A World of “Don’t Knows”: September 11 One Year Later. James W. Hutchin. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 7.

Hospitals
A Risk Management Program for Healthcare Institutions. Allan H. Bader and Reynold Corn. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
  1991), p. 72.

Insurance Archaeology
The Evolving Art of Insurance Archaeology. Sheila Mulrennan. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 83.
Finding and Proving Lost Insurance Coverage. William G. Passannante and Sheila Mulrennan. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall
   2007), p. 53.
In Search of Buried Treasure: Lost Insurance Policies. Lia B. Royle. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 27.
Insurance Archaeology: Ancient Solutions to Contemporary Problems. Jean Lucey. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p.
   79.
Insurance Archaeology: Unearthing Unexpected Assets to Cover Unexpected Liabilities. Sheila Mulrennan. Vol. 7,
   No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 21.
Strategies in Pursuit of Coverage for Environmental Cleanup Costs. Stephen B. Brown. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993),
    p. 3.

Insurance Case Law
(See also Litigation)
“À la Carte” Wording in Reinsurance Contracts. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 58.
Above and Beyond. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 86.
Alive and Well...Continued. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 55.
Almost a Juror. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 61.
Another Age-Old Principle Still Alive and Well. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 62.
Another Perspective on Pollution Liability Coverage. Eugene Anderson. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 71.
Another Punitive Damages Dead-End in Bad Faith Action Against Insurer. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring
   1996), p. 37.
Another Tree to Obscure the Forest. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 67.
Arbitration Clauses in Liability Policies: A Ticket to Ride? Lorelie S. Masters. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 33.
Arbitration of Reinsurance Disputes. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 1. No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 75.
Are Insureds Obligated to Read Their Policies? Andrew Maneval. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 29.
As the Escrow Flies. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 64.
Asbestos Abatement from a Property Insurance Perspective. Michael J. Leahy. Vol. 4, No. 1 Spring 1990), p. 18.
Asbestos Property Damage: A Look at the Liability Coverage Issues. Jerold Oshinsky. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990),
    p.3.
“Bad Faith” Standard Gets a Balanced View. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 55.
Block That Solecism! Eugene Wollan. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 57.
Chart(er)ing a Course: Another Reinsurance Milestone. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 55.
Class Action Abuse: The New-Style Lawsuits Against HMOs. Victor E. Schwartz and Leah Lorber. Vol. 14, No. 2
   (Summer 2000), p. 23
Coinsurers Bound Under “Follow-the-Settlements” Provision. John M. Sylvester and John T. Waldron, III. Vol. 11,
   No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 44.
Construction Projects: A Survey of the Latest Liability Coverage Cases. Jeffrey D. Masters and Robert D. Infelise.
   Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 19.
Countering “Expected or Intended” Defense Tactics in Environmental Coverage Disputes. Peter J. Kalis and Thomas
   M. Reiter. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 47.
Coverage Disputes: Who Has the Upper Hand? Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 69.
Coverage Litigation Issues in General Liability Insurance. Matthew L. Jacobs and Susan L. Buckingham. Vol. 6, No.
   1 (Spring 1992), p. 3.
Covering Cyberspace and Computer Liabilities. Lorelie S. Masters. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 69.
A Critical Examination of the So-called Nonfortuity Defense. William J. Russell and Ricky S. Torrey. Vol. 13, No. 4
   (Winter 2000), p. 93.
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance: A Coverage Analysis. Jerold Oshinsky and Judith Hall Howard. Vol. 5,
   No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 34.
A Disquisition on Disqualification. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 63.
Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 71.
Environmental Impairment Liability: The CGL Policyholder’s Viewpoint. Jerold Oshinsky. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer
   1990), p. 40.
Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Litigating in the United States. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 13, No. 4
   (Winter 2000), p. 115.
Excess Insurer off the Hook in Underlying Insolvency. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 63.
Excess Insurers: Assuming the Risk of Primary Insolvencies? William J. Kotansky. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p.
   33.
Fade In, Fade Out. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 79.
Fallout. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 57.
“Follow the Fortunes”...Up to a Limit. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 74.
General Liability Coverage for Asbestos, Environmental, and Year 2000 Claims. Joshua Gold. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter
   2000), p. 55.
Guilt by Association? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 67.
Hazardous Waste Liabilities: An Analysis of the Insurance Industry’s Exposure. Dan R. Anderson. Vol. 3, No. 1
   (Spring 1989), p. 3.
Home Court Advantage? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 83.
“Innocent” Loss Payees Victims of Insured’s Misrepresentations. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p.
   67.
Interpreting Policy Language: Who Has the Upper Hand? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 67.
Inventory Shortage Exclusion Revisited. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 67.
Inventory Shortage Exclusion Revisited... Again. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 69.
Is There a Sin in Rescinding? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 48.
Is There a Way to Finance Environmental Cleanup Liability? Eugene R. Anderson, Avraham C. Moskowitz, and
   Giovanni Rodriguez. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
A Less Known Right. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 62.
Liquor Liability: Is Your Firm at Risk? Shelley L. Timms. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 31.
McCarran-Ferguson? — Not! Eugene Wollan. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 67.
Nice Guys Don’t Always Finish Last. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 91.
No Insurance for Empty Skies. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 20, No. 2(Summer 2006), p. 96.
Nothing New Under the Sun? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 77.
Obstructions in the Discovery Channel. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 91.
Old-Timers’ Day. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 87.
Pollution Liability: Rediscovery of Policy Language. Paul E. B. Glad and Thomas Forsyth. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987),
   p. 3.
Progressive Loss Claims: Who Pays? Stanley W. Lamport. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 52.
The Pros and Cons of the Arbitration Process. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 52.
Recent Developments in Seepage and Pollution. John W. Morrison. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 46.
Red-Faced Postscript. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 47.
A Reinsurance Perspective on Punitive Damages. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 67.
Settling Complex Environmental Litigation. Peter J. Kalis. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 33.
Sing a Song of Reinsurance. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 67.
Sitting Duck Intermediaries. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 63.
Some Recent Supreme Court News of Interest. Jean Lucey. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 79.
Still Alive and Well. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 53.
Still the Stronghold. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 69.
Sue and Labor Coverage for Year 2000 Remediation Expenses. Patrick E. Shipstead. Dave E. Bland, and Scott G.
   Johnson. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 85.
Taming the Dogs of War. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 60.
Timely Notice Rule Gets a Triple Play. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 61.
Turning the Corner. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 54.
Unigard Revisited. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 45.
Upholding Traditional Principles of Contract Construction. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 5, No. 4. (Winter 1992), p. 54.
“Utmost Good Faith” —Alive and Well in London. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 71.
A View From the Colonies. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 57.
When Is a Precedent Not a Precedent? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 56.
Word Games. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 52.

Insurance Exchanges
The Illinois Insurance Exchange: A Unique Marketplace. James M. Skelton. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 15.
Insurance Exchanges: The Road is Rough, But Solid. Joseph Fahys. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 67.

Insurance Marketing
Banks in Insurance: The Turf Battle Continues. Frederick J. Pomerantz and William D. Wilson. Vol. 6, No. 2
   (Summer 1992), p. 53.
Crisis or Opportunity: The Liability Dilemma. Ajay Gupta. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 104.
Cross Marketing Techniques in Personal Lines. William K. Borellis. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 46.
Disaster (Hard Market) Planning. R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 7.
Disaster (Hard Market) Planning — Redux. R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 15, No. 3. (Fall 2001) p.7.
E-commerce and the Insurance Industry. Robert Hitt. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 11.
Education of Agents and Brokers, Now and Future. William C. Toll and Douglas A. Smith. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter
   1998), p. 13.
The Future of Regional Brokers. Frederick J. England, Jr. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 5.
How Banks Will Compete in the Insurance Market. William S. Craddock, Jr. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 46.
I Don’t Consider Myself a Luddite, But … Is the Internet Right for Insurance Sales? Jean Lucey. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring
   2002), p. 93.
International Insurance: Implications for Local and Regional Agents and Brokers. Thomas J. Tropp. Vol. 12, No. 4
   (Winter 1999), p. 39.
Internet Marketing and Beyond. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 73.
The Internet, Marketing, and Insurance. Ginny Cummings. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 35.
ISO 9000: Certifying the Quality of Insurance Products and Services. Jean Lucey. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p.
   67.
Marching to a Global Drum: Electronic Commerce Takes the World by Storm. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter
   1999), p. 89.
Product Development: A Key to Consistent Profitability. Teresa Pahl. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 39.
Recruitment and Retention — Ensuring Producer Success. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 99.
Sales Recruiting and Training: A Future in Jeopardy. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 79.
Status Quo Bias and Insurance Markets. Richard Zeckhauser and William Samuelson. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer
   1989), p. 38.
Technology: The Opportunities and the Obstacles. Martin Sheffield. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 7.
When Worlds Collide: E-commerce Meets Insurance. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 129.

Insurance Regulation
Can and Should the NAIC Accreditation Program be Saved? Jean Lucey. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994) p. 96.
Change Is Here: The New SEC Disclosure Rules. Donald Glazier. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 59.
Changes in Commercial Lines Regulation. Jean Lucey. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 85.
Controlling Abuse in the Surplus Lines Market. Gary A. Hernandez. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 47.
Controlling Insurers’ Database: Whose Interests Are at Stake? R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 45.
Copyright and Competition. Jean Lucey. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 133.
Credit Reports: Underwriting Tools or Trouble? Jean Lucey. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 79.
Education of Agents and Brokers, Now and Future. William C. Toll and Douglas A. Smith. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter
   1998), p. 13.
Insurance Regulation Revisited: A Brief History. Nestor R. Roos. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 62.
Is the Insurance Industry Ripe for Change? David E. Wood. Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005). P. 87.
ISO Certification: A Primer. Gary M. Slep. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 31.
McCarran-Ferguson—Another Verse...Same as the First. Nester R. Roos. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 72.
McCarran-Ferguson: Time for Change? Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 77.
Our Victorian Licensing System. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 74.
Policing Insurer Solvency: A Proposal for Reform. Jack Nelson and James Barrese. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p.
   26.
Producer Licensing Reform. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 90.
A Reality Check on Federal Insurance Regulation. David J. Brummond. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 13.
Reinsurance Market Security. Mariano Bermudez. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 75.
Significant Developments Since Passage of Securities Reform Legislation. David S. DeBerry and Steven L. White. Vol.
   14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 67.
Should Reinsurance Intermediaries Be Regulated? Albert R. Dow. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 21.
Society and Insurance: Contemporary Underwriting Issues. Jean Lucey. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 83.
Symposium: McCarran-Ferguson. Rodger S. Lawson, Maurice R. Greenberg, Dennis H. Chookaszian, Charles
   Fiske, and John C. Cross. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 7.
The Unicover Experience and Current Regulations. Jean Lucey. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 109.

Insurer Insolvency
Agent and Broker Liability for Insurer Insolvency. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 83.
Avoiding Insurer Insolvencies: Lessons from the Thrift Crisis. Robert E. Litan. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 3.
Collecting on Claims Against Insolvent Insurers. John N. Gavin. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 19.
Evaluating Sources of Solvency Surveillance. Frank Farago. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 25.
Excess Insurers: Assuming the Risk of Primary Insolvencies? William J. Kotansky. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p.
   33.
Financial Ratings: Assessing the Raters’ Methods. James N. Clarke. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992), p. 52.
How to Keep Tabs on Your Insurer. David Collings and Barbara Sable. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 87.
How to Maximize Coverage When Your Insurer Is Declared Insolvent. Kimberly Winter. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter
   2009), p. 90.
Insurer Solvency — A Major Issue for Agents in 2003, Ken A. Crerar, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 77
Insurer Solvency: Is It Really Difficult to Assess? Joseph L. Petrelli. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 9.
Maintaining Solvency in a Global Marketplace. James P. Corcoran. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 3.
Minimizing the Impact of Reinsurer Insolvency. Robert F. Kennedy. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 35.
Monitoring the Financial Condition of Your Insurers. Thomas E. Vanneman. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 11.
Policing Insurer Solvency: A Proposal for Reform. Jack Nelson and James Barrese. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p.
   26.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Uncollectible Reinsurance: What Have We Learned from History? Fred C. Wootan, Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p.
  52.
The Unicover Experience and Current Regulations. Jean Lucey. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 109.
Who Pays When Your Insurer Becomes Insolvent? Mark R. Goodman. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 22.

Insurer Strategy
“Satisficing” Is Not Satisfying in the Long Run. Thomas E. Nelson. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 83.
Strategic Considerations for the Insurance Industry. Donna Galer. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 84.

Intellectual Property
Development of Intellectual Property Insurance. Robert W. Fletcher. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 67.
Intellectual Property Exposures: Opportunities for Expanding Services. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p.
   81.
Managing the Risks of Patents: Changes on the Horizon for Business Method Patents. John R. Harris. Vol. 22, No. 2
   (Summer 2008), p. 46.
Obtaining Coverage for Patent Infringement Claims Involving Advertising Technologies. John Ellison and Jeremy
   Heinnickel. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 95.
Protecting Edison: Capturing Intellectual Property Risk. Gerald M. Kral and Daniel T. Torpey. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall,
   2001), p. 57.
Trade Dress Infringement Litigation: An Identification of Potential Coverage Issues. William J. Warfel. Vol. 22, No. 3
   (Fall 2008), p. 41.
International Insurance Markets
1992: Short-Term Project or Ongoing Operation? William H. Bolinder. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 16.
Beyond Energy: Financial Service Opportunities in the Arabian Gulf. Michael R. Koblenz and Russell Witten. Vol.
   22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 66.
Beyond “Nonadmitted”: A Closer Look at Trends Affecting Today’s Multinational Insurance Programs. Suresh Krishnan.
   Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 15.
Challenges for Insurers in China. Lawrence Pistell. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 36.
The Changing Role of the Global Broker. Teresa L. Pahl. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 41.
Corporate Social Responsibility in China. Ingram, John S. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 7.
 “Future Shocks”: What’s in Store for International Insurance Markets? William E. Bailey. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter
   1989), p. 3.
Insuring Against Risks of Loss in Foreign Countries. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 85.
Insuring a Global Village. Larry Penn and Susan Covill. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 20.
International Financial Market Volatility: A Major Obstacle to Non-Life Insurer Growth. Robert P. Hartwig. Vol. 12,
   No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 7.
International Insurance: Implications for Local and Regional Agents and Brokers. Thomas J. Tropp. Vol. 12, No. 4
   (Winter 1999), p. 39.
International Safety Management Code: An Underwriter’s Perspective. Richard D. DeSimone. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall
   1999), p. 31
Maintaining Solvency in a Global Marketplace. James P. Corcoran. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 3.
Managing Risk in a Changing Global Environment. Teresa L. Pahl. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 29.
Managing Risk in a Global Environment. James W. Hutchin. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 16.
Managing the Risks of Emerging Global Exposures Teresa L. Pahl. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 33.
Meeting the Challenge of Insurance Without Borders. Edward J. Hester. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 3.
Opening the Door to Europe’s Single Market. Edward J. Hester. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 3.
Prospects for U.S. Insurers in the Global Marketplace. H. Edward Hanway. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 23.
Russian Insurance Today from a Russian Insurer’s Viewpoint. Inna Gerasimova, Artemieva, Nadezhda, and Yana
   Streltsova. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 53.
Strategies for Dealing with the European Insurance Market. Klaus A Gebhardt. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 23.
Taking Control of Your International Insurance. Yvette E. Scola. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 45.
A Unified Europe Beckons U. S. Insurers to the Global Marketplace. Henry G. Parker III. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter
   1990), p. 8.
World Federation of Insurance Intermediaries. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 85.

Internet
(See also E-Commerce)
Covering Cyberspace and Computer Liabilities. Lorelie S. Masters. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 69.
Cybercrime: Understanding, Preventing, and Recovering From the Risk. Peter C. Foster. Vol. 15, No, 2, (Summer
  2001) p. 57.
Cyber War, ERM, and the Supply Chain. Robert J. Schneider, Kenneth R. Rado, and Michael H. Hoffman. Vol.
   23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 80.
Data Security: Defensive Driving on the Information Superhighway. John S. Ingram. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997),
   p. 49.
The E-Learning Landscape: Are You a Learner or the Learned? Edward Holinski. Vol. 14 No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 28.
Electronic Signatures — Risk Management in Cyberspace. D. Brent Israelsen and Tracy Scott. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter
   2004), p. 68.
From Claims Management to Claims E-Management. Sean Downs. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 36.
Going On-Line: What Risk Managers Want. George David Keebler. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 17.
How to Avoid Legal Problems When Recruiting on the Internet. Thomas Royall Smith and Vincent J. Miraglia. Vol.
   14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 41.
I Don’t Consider Myself a Luddite, But … Is the Internet Right for Insurance Sales? Jean Lucey. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring
   2002), p. 93.
Internet Liability and Privacy: Keeping On-Line Users In-Line. Robert P. Lombardi. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998),
   p. 27.
Lodgian: A Case Study in On-Line Risk Management. Peter Johnson. Vol. 14 No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 22.
Managing Financial Data and Personal Identity Theft. Emily Q. Freeman. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 43.
MyLossPrevention.com. Mark Tschiegg. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 85.
The Privacy Issue: Balancing Trust, Security, and Risk Management. Emily Q. Freeman. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring
   2002), p. 21.
Risk Management and the Digital Revolution: A Practical Guide for Meeting the New Information Challenge. Richard
   Levick and Dallas Lawrence. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2020), p. 57.
Staying Connected to Risk Management on the Internet. Esther J. Sprano. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 41.
Shopping a la Carte in a Buffet Environment. Paul N. Lux and John J. Catrabone. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 5.
Web-Based Technology in Subrogation, Elissa Palmer. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 56.

Joint Ventures
Another Perspective on Insuring Joint Ventures. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 53.
Techniques for Insuring Joint Ventures. Ken Pinkston and Corbette Doyle. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 67.

Leases
Leases of Premises—Part Two: Liability Considerations. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 59.
Leases of Premises: Property Insurance Considerations. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 53.
Leasing Personal Property: Some Insurance Considerations. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 57.

Liquor Liability
Liquor Liability: Is Your Firm at Risk? Shelley L. Timms. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 31.

Litigation
(See also Insurance Case Law)
The Class Action Fairness Act: Moving Class Actions to the Federal Court. Robert P. Alpert and Jeffrey K. Douglass.
   Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 7.
Considering the Wider Effects of the Catastrophe in a Business Income Loss. Richard P. Lewis, and Nicholas M. Insua.
   Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 47.
Emerging Trends in D&O Liability Litigation. Brian L. Smith and Jamie Anthony. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p.
   36.
The Future of Class Actions in the European Union. John Evans, James Barratt, and Collette Rawnsley. Vol. 23, No.
   3 (Fall 2009), p. 34.
Insurance and Class Actions: Defense Strategies for Risk Managers. Randy Paar. Vol 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p.
   63.
Litigating Contingent Business Income Claims. Richard P. Lewis. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 21.
Negotiating the Hazards of D&O Lawsuits. Carol A. Noer. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 47.
Paying by the Rules. William G. Passannante and Diana R. Shafter. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 84.
Recent State Tort Reforms and Legal Decisions: Better News for Asbestos Defendants? Robin Cantor and Mary Lyman.
   Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 39.
A Study of Shareholder Class-Action Litigation. William R. Ballowe. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 13.
Ten Questions About Chinese Drywall. Robert J. Taylor. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 7.

Lloyd’s
Is London Bridge Falling Down? Stephen M. Goldman. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 3.
Logistics
Risk Management in the Logistics Industry: Challenges and Opportunities, Stephen Connor, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring
   2007), p. 21.
Logistics — The Profession of the 21st Century, Nigel Wing, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 28.

Loss Control
(See also Risk Management Practices)
Accommodating Disabled Persons in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6, No. 3 (Fall 1992),
   p. 69.
Analyzing Risk With Loss Scenario Flow Charts. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 23.
Animal-Inflicted Injuries: Understanding the Risks and Designing Prevention Strategies, Daniel Q. Estep and Suzanne
   Hetts, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 97.
Audit Techniques for Assessing Environmental Risks. Allan H. Bader and Phil Remig. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990),
   p. 70.
Automatic Sprinkler Protection: Can You Count on It? Harold S. Wass, Jr. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 10.
Balance-Sheet Management: Loss-Portfolio Transfer. Jonathan J. Davis. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 73.
Balancing the Risks of Remote Working: Walking the Telecommuting Line. A.V. Riswadkar and Amit Riswadkar. Vol.
   23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 89.
Behavior-Based Safety and the Five Whys, Victor Gordon and A.V. Riswadkar. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p.
   25.
Bringing Total Quality Management to the Loss Control Process. Aruna Vadgama. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p.
   29.
The Business of Managing Risk: Time to Adjust the Sails. Steven Toffolon and Anthony Quaranto. Vol. 15, No,.3
   (Fall 2001), p. 75
Buying Unbundled Loss Prevention Services. Mark Tschiegg. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 89.
Bye H1N1? Using Lessons Learned to Strengthen Planning for the Influenza Pandemic Threat. Clayton S. Shoup. Vol.
   24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 79.
Cell Phone Liability for Employers. James Noble and A.V. Riswadkar. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009), p. 73.
Changing the Focus of Accident Prevention. John N. Garis. Vol. 13, No. 2 (Summer 1999), p. 90.
Coming to Grips With Alcohol and Substance Abuse on the Job. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 9, No. 3
   (Fall 1995), p. 68.
Coming to Grips with the “A” Word. Al Westerman. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 58.
Company-Sponsored Events. A.V. Riswadkar. Vol 15, No. 2, (Summer 2001), p. 85
Confined Space Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p.
   60.
Controlling Exposures to Hazardous Waste in the Work Environment. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6,
   No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 61.
Controlling Hazardous Energy in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p.
   88.
Controlling Nonprofits’ Risk Exposures. Byron T. Stone. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 3.
Data Security: Defensive Driving on the Information Superhighway. John S. Ingram. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997),
   p. 49.
Directors and Officers Liability: Loss Control and Prevention Strategies, Selina Memedova, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter
   2003), p. 79.
Disaster Prevention and Emergency Response in the Chemical Industry. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997),
   p. 63.
Don’t Get Burnt by Solar Storms: What Is Your SPF Level? A.V. Riswadkar and Robert Dobbins. Vol. 24, No. 3
   (Fall 2010), p. 77.
Embezzlement Controls and Safeguards for Financial Institutions. Susan Mannel. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), P. 45.
Fidelity Controls for Financial Institutions. Dominic J. Salomone. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 70.
Five Steps Ahead of the Loss. Finley Harckham and Marvin Milton. Vol. 14, No. 4 (Winter 2001), p. 84.
Forklift Safety Training Raises the Bottom Line. Benjamin W. Mangan. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 111.
Forming a Partnership Between Risk Financing and Loss Control. James D. Berg. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p.
   17.
A Guide to Earthquake Hazard Analysis. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p.
   73.
Handling Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993),
   p. 63.
How to Approach Your Next Catastrophe. Robert Montgomery. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 83.
How to Develop a Disaster Recovery Program. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991),
   p. 67.
How to Survive a Computer Disaster. Steven Lewis. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 21.
Identifying Sharks When Swimming in International Waters. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p.
   7.
Identity Theft: How Companies and Consumers Can Combat the Nightmare, Christopher T. Marquet, Vol. 18, No.
   2 (Summer 2004), p. 79.
The Impact of Globalization on Risk Management. Victor Gordon, Mark E. Hetherington, and Rolf Schmid. Vol.
   15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 73.
Indoor Air Quality. Meike Olin. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 71.
Industrial Control System Security — Current Trends and Risk Mitigation. Donald J. Fergus. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
   2010), p. 64.
Informing Employees about Chemical Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 2
   (Summer 1988), p. 24.
Interactive Driver Training — A Best Practice for Transportation Safety. Randall Hollenbeck. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall
   1999), p. 81.
International Safety Management Code: An Underwriter’s Perspective. Richard D. DeSimone. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall
   1999), p. 31.
Loss Control in the Analysis of Mergers and Acquisitions. Kennith Brock and Mark Tschiegg. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring
   1999), p. 95.
Loss Control is Key to Success of Alternative Risk Transfer, Jann Browning, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 111.
Loss Control Today: It’s Not Just About Inspections and Recommendations Anymore. Leslie J. Hawkes. Vol. 17, No.
   2 (Summer 2003), p. 90.
Loss Control Strategies to Keep Pace With Corporate Change. Klaus Ullmann. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 56.
Loss Prevention and Control: More Important in Today’s Economy. Stanley J. Couvillon. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994),
   p. 26.
Make Yourself Comfortable: A Day in the (Comfortable) Life of a Telecommuter. John Renaghan. Vol. 13, No. 4
   (Winter 2000), p. 123.
Making the Most of Your Insurer’s Loss Control Services. R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 41.
Management of Change: Protecting Us From Ourselves. Mark Tschiegg. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 103
Managing the Risks of Indoor Air Pollution. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 73.
Managing Underground Storage Tank Risks. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p.
   72.
Medications in Water. Steve Knutson, A.V. Riswadkar, Jürg Schmid, and Florian Hiller. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
   2010), p. 86.
MyLossPrevention.com. Mark Tschiegg. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 85
A New OSHA Standard to Protect Health Care Workers. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6, No. 2
   (Summer 1992), p. 69.
New OSHA Standards for Commercial Driver Licensing. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 5, No. 2
   (Summer 1991), p. 72.
Noise and Video Display Terminals: Common Workplace Hazards. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 8, No.
   2 (Summer 1994), p. 70.
Occupational Disease Claims—What Does the Future Hold? Howard M. Sandler. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p.
   25.
An Occupational Health Program to Deal with Ergonomic Hazards. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No.
   4 (Winter 1994), p. 61.
An Occupational Safety and Health Program Overview. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 63.
OSHA: What Are Your Rights and Responsibilities? Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter
   1993), p. 67.
Product Safety, Product Liability: Making the Interface. Victor E. Schwartz. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 3.
A Program to Address Occupational Health Hazards. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter
   1992), p. 69.
Protecting Against Asbestos Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer
   1995), p. 74.
Protecting Against the Hazards of Airborne Contaminants. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 8, No. 4
   (Winter 1995), p. 72.
Protecting Against the Hazards of Lead Poisoning in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No.
   3 (Fall 1993), p. 67.
Protecting Employees Against the Hazards of Infectious Materials. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p.
   51.
Protecting Workers Who Protect the Environment. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 69.
Radon: Another Environmental Risk to Contend With. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer
   1989), p. 70.
Recovering from an Extended Period of Business Interruption. Frank Farago. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 11.
A Risk Management Approach to the Asbestos Problem. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall
   1988), p. 69.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
A Risk Management Program for Healthcare Institutions. Allan H. Bader and Reynold Corn. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
   1991), p. 72.
The Role of Audits in Corporate Governance, A.V. Riswadkar, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 71.
The Role of Industrial Hygiene in a Workplace Safety and Health Program. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996),
   p. 71.
Safeguarding Against Machine Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring
   1995), p. 95.
Safety and Loss Control Techniques for Laboratories. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989),
   p. 68.
Salvage Supply and Demand: A Catastrophe Case Study. Dan Parsley. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 84.
Strategies for Effective Catastrophe Management. Winston Bean. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 5.
Slippery Slopes: Strategies for Mitigating Slips, Trips, and Falls. A.V. Riswadkar and Helene Browning. Vol. 24, No.
   1 (Spring 2010), p. 80.
Strategies for Preventing Employee Fraud in Times of Transition. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996),
   p. 40.
Using Personal Protective Equipment to Minimize Workplace Injuries. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer
   1997), p. 67.
Waste Management for Healthcare Facilities. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p.
   75.
Optimizing the Insurance Supply Chain. Jean-Francois Spoiden. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 63.
Workplace Emergencies: Do You Have a Response Plan? Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter
   1996), p. 71.
Year 2000: The Problem — And Some Solutions. Marc Van de Velde and Charlie Prasso. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998),
   p. 7.

Managed Care Liability
Managed Care and ERISA: The Dance of Liability. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 17.
Managed Care Plans: What Are the Employer’s Liability Risks? John H. Powel, Jr. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p.
 24.

Market Conditions
The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Nine Risk Managers. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Directors and Officers Liability in the Current Insurance Market. George R. Klink. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p.
   54.
Images of a Changing Insurance World. Russell R. Miller. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 48.
International Financial Market Volatility: A Major Obstacle to Non-Life Insurer Growth. Robert P. Hartwig. Vol. 12,
   No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 7.
Obtaining Surety Credit in a Volatile Market. Daniel D. Waldorf. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 57.
Preparing for the Next Hard Property Insurance Market. Ronald E. Davis. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 19.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Satisfying the Changing Needs of Risk Management. Richard M. Miller. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 14
Service Is Key in Hard Market. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p. 90.
Shifting Trends in Excess and Surplus Lines. Earl R. Lanning. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 67.
Shouldn’t the Market Be Turning Soon? W. Lee Carter III. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 60.
A Survey of the Pollution Liability Insurance Market. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 22.
The Turning Point?...or the Turning Point! W. Lee Carter III. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 29.
An Uncertain Future Challenges Property-Liability Insurers. David L. Bickelhaupt. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p.
   34.
Underwriting Discipline in a Softening Market. James W. Macdonald. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 32.
Using the Surplus Lines Markets. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 60.
Will the Cycle Be Unbroken? Jean Lucey. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 79.

Medical Malpractice
Medical Malpractice Insurance: Behind the Chaos, Robert P. Hartwig and Claire Wilkinson, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring
 2003), p. 63.

Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquiring Real Property: Asset or Liability? Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 71.
Actuarial Issues in Mergers and Acquisitions. Michael C. Marcon and Mark Priven. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999),
   p. 59.
The Changing Landscape: Risk Managers’ Point of View. Nine Risk Managers. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 7.
Consolidation Conundrums. Jean Lucey. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 105.
Darwin in the Details: The Broker Consolidation Trend. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 101.
Environmental Insurance Solutions for Mergers and Acquisitions. Brad A. Maurer. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p.
   17.
Human Resources: A Place to Save in Mergers and Acquisitions. Peter M. Miterko. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999),
   p. 35.
Implications for Insurance When Control Changes Hands. John Merrigan and Erwin Wolf. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring
   2005), p. 44.
Is Bigger Always Better, or Can Less Be More? Jean Lucey. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 85.
Loss Control in the Analysis of Mergers and Acquisitions. Kennith Brock and Mark Tschiegg. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring
   1999), p. 95.
A Marriage Made in Heaven??? Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 27.
Merger and Acquisition Deal Risk: New Solutions and New Opportunities. Patrick M. Cunningham. Vol. 13, No. 1
   (Spring 1999), p. 69.
Mergers and Acquisitions: A Challenge for Risk Management. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p.
   63.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Directors and Officers Insurance and Indemnity. J. Glenn Dockery. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring
   1999), p. 47.
Mergers and Acquisitions — Insurance Issues. Gregg Bundschuh. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 39.
Mergers and Acquisitions: A Trigger for Errors and Omissions. Bruno P. Falvo. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 78.
Mergers and Acquisitions: What Risks Are Acquired? Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall
   1989), p. 30.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Who’s Coming to the Party? R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 9.
The Neglected Role of Insurance in Mergers and Acquisitions. David P. Bender, Jr. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p.
   107.
Riding the Mergers and Acquisitions Wave With a Well-Considered Insurance Strategy. David E. Wood and Susan
   Barry. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 75.
Risk Management Issues in Business Reorganization. Jonathan L. Alpert and Denis L. Julien. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall
   1993), p. 45.
Mold
Got Mold? The Growing Concern Over Toxic Mold and How Insurers Are Dealing With It. Daniel R. Lavoie and
  Andrew J. PerelmanVol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 7.
How Lenders Were Left Unsecured For Mold-Related Losses on Commercial Loans And How to Fix the Problem. Paul
  Duggan and David Dybdahl. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 63.
Mold and the Design Professional. Robert S. Wilson. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 77.
Obtaining Insurance for Water Intrusion and Mold: A Primer for the Construction Industry. Russell S. Nassof. Vol.
  18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 57.
The Toxic Mold Hourglass. Daniel Lentz and Joseph Galanti Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 50.

Museums (See also Fine Arts)
Art in Transit: International Transportation of Fine Art. Dorit Straus. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 37.
Fine Arts Insurance: Catastrophic Exposures and Aggregation of Risk. Norman Newman. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter
  2004), p. 74.
The Fine Art of Handling Museum Risks. Phillip H. Babcock. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 34.

No-Fault Laws
The Case for No-Fault Laws. Reynold Becker. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 51.
Nonprofits
Controlling Nonprofits’ Risk Exposures. Byron T. Stone. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer 1989), p. 3.
Nonprofits’ Most Important Insurance Protection: A General Guide. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
  2010), p. 51.
A Quarter Century of Nonprofit Operation. Richard G. Clarke. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 86.


Obesity
Hartwig, Robert P. and Claire Wilkinson. Obesity, Liability, and Insurance. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 78.

Ocean Cargo
International Safety Management Code: An Underwriter’s Perspective. Richard D. DeSimone. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall
   1999), p. 31.
Is the Fixed-Premium Protection and Indemnity Trend Long-Term? Nick C.M. Roscoe. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p.
   61.
A Look at Ocean Cargo Insurance. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 59.
Marine Liability: Will Your Business Stay Afloat Without It? Joyce Kutz. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 47.
Maritime Employees and Marine Workers Compensation. Ian R. Greenway. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 55.
Navigating the Murky Waters of Marine Cargo Insurance. Finley T.R. Harckham. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 7.
Structuring an Ocean Cargo Insurance Program. James M. McCarthy, Jr. and Terry D. Montgomery. Vol. 13, No. 3
   (Fall 1999), p. 13.
Sue and Labor: Past Gives Context to Present. Jean Lucey. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 89.

Operational Risk
On Finding Linkages: Corporate Governance and Operational Risk. Penny Cagan. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p.
  7.
Operational Risk: Lessons to Be Learned from Banking Institutions. Penny Cagan. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p.
  53.
Operational Risk: Now Front and Center. Wendy J. Dowd and Jeffrey S. Grange. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p.
  43.

Policy Terms and Conditions
A “Definitive” Approach to Controlling Insurance Coverage and Cost. R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994),
   p. 35.
After We Survive Y2K — What’s Next? Andrew N. Forrest. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 49.
The “Auto” and “Mobile Eqyipment” Changes in the General Liability and Commercial Auto Policies. Arthur L.
   Flitner. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 42.
“Certificates of Insurance” and “Additional Insured” Coverage: Maximize Value and Avoid Pitfalls. Robyn Anderson.
   Vol. 22, N. 2 (Summer 2008), p. 87.
Constructing a Solid Foundation as an Additional Insured. Kimberley A. Montanaro. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006),
   p. 94.
Corporate Expression: The High Cost of Free Speech. Russell Hickey, Michael DiSilvestro, and Cameron Strachey.
   Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 81.
Covering Cyberspace and Computer Liabilities. Lorelie S. Masters. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 69.
Do You Want a Side Agreement to Go With That Insurance Policy? John G. Nevius. Vol. 23, No. 1 (Spring 2009),
   p. 67.
Duty to Defend After Exhaustion of Limits: The CGL and the Role of Lloyd’s Before 1966. George B. Flanigan. Vol.
   21, No. 2 (Summer 20007), p. 36.
Fiduciary Liability Insurance: Some Coverage Considerations. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 67.
Fine-Tuning Some Common Policy Provisions. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 61.
Insurance Coverage for the Alleged Sale of Counterfeit Goods. Diana Shafter Gliedman, and Kanishka Agarwala.
   Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 96.
Insurance Primer: The Rules Have Changed. David P. Bender, Jr. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 79.
Insuring Against the Risks of Owning or Using Aircraft. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 57.
Issues Regarding Sending Notification of Cancellation to Certificate Holders, Thomas E. Nelson, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring
   2007), p. 73.
Jurisdictional Intervention: The True Cost to Rebuild. Christopher J. Boggs, Vol. 22, No. 1(Spring 2008), p. 39.
Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part One of Two Parts. Robert B. Edgar. Vol. 11, No. 4
   (Winter 1998), p. 57.
Preparing a Solution to the Business Income Problem — Part Two of Two Parts. Robert B. Edgar. Vol. 12, No. 1
   (Spring 1998), p. 47.
A Proposal for Insurers: Continuous Policies. R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 35.
Rules of the Game. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 79.
Standard Policy Forms Undergo Another Round of Revisions. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p.
   59.
Too Many Words Obscure the Truth. Thomas E. Nelson. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p. 78.
An Update on ISO Policy Forms and Endorsements. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 52.
What to Look for in an Umbrella Liability Policy. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 43.
The Year 2000: A (Storage) Space Odyssey. John Eubank. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 25.

Political Risks
London 2012: Olympic Risk, Risk Management, and Olymponomics. Will Jennings. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008),
  p. 39.
Political-Risk and Political-Violence Insurance. Winifred A. Baker, Timothy Press, and Paul O’Connor. Vol. 17, No.
  2 (Summer 2003), p. 84.
Political Risk: Balancing the Risks and Rewards of Emerging Markets. Fredrik Mürer. Vol. 21, No. 3 (Fall 2007), p.
  17.
Protecting Against the Political Risks of Foreign Ventures. Gary M. Slep. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 21.

Pollution Liability
Absolutely Not Total: State Courts Recognize the Historical Limits of the “absolute” and “Total” Pollution Exclusions.
   Lorelie S. Masters, Susan C. Levy, and Jennifer A. Hasch. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring 2004), p. 31.
Another Perspective on Pollution Liability Coverage. Eugene R. Anderson. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 71.
Assessing Environmental Professional Liability Exposures. Mark Vuono and Paul Dietrich. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer
   1994), p. 28.
Audit Techniques for Assessing Environmental Risks. Allan H. Bader and Phil Remig. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990),
   p. 70.
Coming to Grips With the “Absolute” Pollution Exclusion. Craig F. Stanovich. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p. 5.
Coping with the Green Machine. Dawn V. Hallett and Janet D. Moylan. Vol. 6, No. 2 (Summer 1992), p. 3.
Countering “Expected or Intended” Defense Tactics in Environmental Coverage Disputes. Peter J. Kalis and Thomas
   M. Reiter. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 47.
Determining the Presence of Hazardous Materials. Janina A. Jankauskas, Andrew D. Magee, Ellen E. Moyer, and
   William J. Rizzo, Jr. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 43.
Environmental Impairment Liability Claims: Major Coverage Issues for Policyholders. Jerold Oshinsky and Judith Hall
   Howard. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 67.
Environmental Impairment Liability: The CGL Policyholder’s Viewpoint. Jerold Oshinsky. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer
   1990), p. 40.
Environmental Liability at the Top of the Corporate Ladder. Rodney J. Taylor. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 5.
Germany’s New Environmental Liability Act: Its Impact on Insurance. William C. Hoffman. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring
   1991), p. 21.
Hazardous Waste Liabilities: An Analysis of the Insurance Industry’s Exposure. Dan R. Anderson. Vol. 3, No. 1
   (Spring 1989), p. 3.
How Environmental Insurance Takes the Uncertainty Out of Brownfields Redevelopment, Alan J. Bressler, Vol. 18,
   No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 47.
How to Assess and Manage Pollution Liability Exposures. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 22.
How to Transfer and Finance Pollution Liability Risks. James M. Pearce. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 3.
Insurance Archaeology: Unearthing Unexpected Assets to Cover Unexpected Liabilities. Sheila Mulrennan. Vol. 7,
   No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 21.
Insurance Response to Pollution: Past, Present, and Future. Patricia A. Henry and Karl J. Russek. Vol. 18, No. 1
   (Spring 2004), p. 7.
Is There a Way to Finance Environmental Cleanup Liability? Eugene R. Anderson, Avraham C. Moskowitz, and
   Giovanni Rodriguez. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
Landowner Liability for Hazardous Waste. Gregor I. McGregor. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 29.
Lenders Beware: CERCLA and Mortgagee Liability. William H. Chapman. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 22.
Managing Environmental Liability Risks—Past, Present and Future. David J. Dybdahl. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p.
   15.
On the Horizon: New Sources of Protection Against Environmental Claims. Stephen J. Abarbanel. Vol. 8, No. 2
   (Summer 1994), p. 14.
An Overview of Pollution Liability Insurance in Europe. Nick Pick. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 16.
Pollution Liability and Insurance Problems Call for a New Partnership. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer
   1988), p. 43.
Pollution Liability Insurance: A Legislative Proposal. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 35.
Pollution Liability Problems Undaunted by Borders. Wilhelm Zeller. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 17.
Pollution Liability: Rediscovery of Policy Language. Paul E. B. Glad and Thomas Forsyth. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987),
   p. 3.
Products-Pollution Risk Identification and Transfer. Lawrence M. Heim and Peter Romaine. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
   2004), p. 102.
Pursuing Coverage for Pollution Liability Claims. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 8, No. 1 (Spring 1994), p. 49.
Recent Developments in Seepage and Pollution. John W. Morrison. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 46.
Risk Financing for Environmental Cleanup Contractors. David J. Dybdahl. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 16.
Searching History for Pollution Liability Coverage. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 55.
Settlement Agreements: Getting to the Final Chapter. Ann V. Kramer. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993), p. 15.
Settling Complex Environmental Litigation. Peter J. Kalis. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 33.
Silica Liability: The Next Asbestos? Robert P. Hartwig and Claire Wilkinson, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), P.
   35.
Strategies in Pursuit of Coverage for Environmental Cleanup Costs. Stephen B. Brown. Vol. 7, No. 2 (Summer 1993),
    p. 3.
A Survey of the Pollution Liability Insurance Market. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 22.
Will Compromise Save Superfund Reform? Jean Lucey. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 107.
Will “Sick” Buildings Be the Source of Insurers’ Next Crisis? Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p.
    34.

Privacy
Consumer Privacy Issues, John J. Green, Vol. 17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 7.

Product Liability
Asbestos Claims and Litigation. Robin Cantor, Mary Lyman, and Richard Reiss. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p.
   28.
Changing Perspectives on Chemical Product Risks. Monica M. Welt and Elizabeth L. Anderson. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall
   2009), p. 58.
Consumer Product Safety Notification Requirements: Section 15 of the Consumer Product Safety Act. Eric A. Rubel.
   Vol. 23, No. 3(Fall 2009), p. 46.
Defending Against Product Liability Claims. Anthony J. Ten-Barge and Daniel W. Houston. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer
   1997), p. 11.
Emerging Solutions for Risk Transfer in Product Liability. Andrea Tecce, James Deaver, and Robert Jacobs. Vol. 23,
   No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 18.
Europe Charts a New Course for Product Liability. Edward J. Hester. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 10.
Managing the Risks of Product Recall. Brad Murlick. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 70.
“Mercenary, Mendacious Mythology”? Part I. Arthur J. Levine. Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 84.
“Mercenary, Mendacious Mythology”? Part II. Arthur J. Levine. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 49.
New on the Horizon: Nanotechnology. Lynn L. Bergeson. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 39.
Perspectives From Europe: A Pan-European Tour of a Changing Landscape. John Evans, James Barratt, and Collette
   Rawnsley. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 61.
Private Product-Risk Assessment and the Role of Government. E. Donald Elliott and Gail Charnley Elliott. Vol. 23,
   No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 73.
Product Degradation: When New Becomes Old. Peter Dion. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 99.
Product Liability: How Will the EC Directive Affect Insurance Buyers? Bruno Zingg. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990),
   p. 23.
Product-Recall Losses and Liabilities: First- and Third-Party Coverage. Joshua Gold and Rhonda L. Johnson. Vol. 15,
   No. 2 (Summer 2001) p. 17.
Product Recalls: Recall Prevention Strategies to Reduce Product Liability Risk. Arthur Miller, Bradley Murlick, and
   Melanie Neumann. Vol. 23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 7.
Products-Pollution Risk Identification and Transfer. Lawrence M. Heim, and Peter Romaine. Vol. 18, No. 1 (Spring
   2004), p. 102.
Product Recall: Implications for Business-Continuity Planners. Geary W. Sikich. Vol. 15, No. 2 (Summer 2001), p.
   7.
Product Safety, Product Liability: Making the Interface. Victor E. Schwartz. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 3.
Separating the Nuts From the Bolts: Insurance Coverage for Product Liability Claims Alleging Property Damage. Kevin
   B. Dreher. Vol. 22, No. 4 (Winter 2009), p. 26.
Strategic Enterprise Risk Management and Pharmaceuticals. Cathy Burgess, Steve Niedelman, and John Fleder. Vol.
   23, No. 2 (Summer 2009), p. 51.
Ten Questions About Chinese Drywall. Robert J. Taylor. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 7.
The Tobacco Wars. Jean Lucey. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall 1997), p. 79.

Professional Liability Insurance
Addressing Professional Liability Exposures on Design and Construction Projects. David Grigg and Georges Pigault.
  Vol. 19, No. 3 (Fall 2005), p. 49.
Agent/Broker Liability: A Tutorial for Commercial Policyholders. William J. Warfel. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter 2010),
  p. 26.
Bank Directors and Officers Liability: Some Special Considerations. James C. Gray. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p.
  39.
Consolidation and Competition: The Current State of Medical Professional Liability Insurance. Matthew S. Newell.
  Vol. 14, No, 2 (Summer 2000), p. 29.
Directors and Officers Liability in the Current Insurance Market. George R. Klink. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p.
  54.
Lawyers Professional: Liability Insurance for Litigious Society. Douglas T. Thompson. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p.
  92.
Limiting the Liabilities of Directors and Officers. Joseph P. Monteleone. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 3.
Mergers and Acquisitions: A Trigger for Errors and Omissions. Bruno P. Falvo. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 78.
The New Professions. Jean Lucey. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 101.
Professional Liability: Opportunity Begets Exposure. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 97.
Professional Liability Insurance at the Crossroads. Albert L. Salvatico. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 28.
Pursuing “Professional” Coverage under CGL Policies: Handling the Professional Services Exclusion. Mark. Garbowski.
  Vol. 14, No. 2 (Summer 2000), p. 77.
A Review of Selected Coverages. George R. Klink. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 52.

Property Insurance
Catastrophe Modeling: A Vital Tool for Property-Casualty Risk. George H. Baldwin II. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001),
   p. 43.
Equipment Breakdown Exposures Then and Now — New Technology Demands Better Insurance Coverage. Anthony
J. Trivella. Vol. 17, No. 3 (Fall 2003), p. 65.
Equipment Breakdown Insurance — More Than Boilers. Anthony J. Trivella. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 27.
An Inside Look at the HPR Property Insurance Market. Michael C. McIntyre. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 37.
Making Sense of Property Underwriting and Preparing for the Process. Christopher J. Boggs. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter
   2007), p. 27.
An Overview of ISO’s Commercial Property Program. Jerome Trupin. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 29.
Working to Achieve a Successful Property Renewal. Jill Dalton. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 21.

Reinsurance
Another Age-Old Principle Still Alive and Well. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 62.
Arbitration of Reinsurance Disputes. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p. 75.
Auld Lang Syne. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 14, No. 3 ((Fall 2000), p. 81.
Capital Markets and Insurers. Jean Lucey. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 79.
Chart(er)ing a Course: Another Reinsurance Milestone. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 55.
Coming to Terms in Reinsurance Disputes. Donald B. Henderson, Jr. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989), p. 50.
Cut-Throughs That Cut to the Chase. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 33.
Discontinued Operations: Handling Claims in a Run-Off Mode. Stephen J. Zielinski. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989),
   p. 47.
Following Foolish Fortunes? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 15, No. 1(Spring 2001), p. 95.
Guilt by Association? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 67.
Is There a Sin in Rescinding? Eugene Wollan. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall 1988), p. 48.
Lessons Learned on the Other Side of the Coin. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 5, No. 2 (Summer 1991), p. 67.
Minimizing the Impact of Reinsurer Insolvency. Robert F. Kennedy. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 35.
Murphy’s Laws of Reinsurance Arbitrations. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 71.
Reinsurance Arbitrations: Bad for Insurers and Bad for Their Policyholders, David P. Bender, Jr., Vol. 21, No. 1
   (Spring 2007), p. 79.
Reinsurance Market Security. Mariano Bermudez. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 75.
The Right to Audit: It’s All in the Timing. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 67.
Securing Reinsurance Letters of Credit. Donald B. Henderson, Jr. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 33.
Sitting Duck Intermediaries. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 63.
Should Reinsurance Intermediaries Be Regulated? Albert R. Dow. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 21.
Still Alive and Well. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993), p. 53.
Uncollectible Reinsurance: What Have We Learned from History? Fred C. Wootan. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p.
   52.
The Unicover Experience and Current Regulations. Jean Lucey. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 109.
Unigard Revisited. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 45.
Word Games. Eugene Wollan. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 52.

Residual Market
Residual Market Property Plans: From Markets of Last Resort to Markets of First Choice. Claire Wilkinson. Vol. 21,
  No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 57.

Risk Financing
Alternative Risk Financing Programs in a Changing Insurance Market. Anthony L. Gagliardi, Jr. Vol. 10, No. 2
   (Summer 1996), p. 15.
Alternative Risk Financing: The Calm Before the Storm. J. Brady. Young. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 17.
Alternative Risk Financing in the Traditional Insurance Marketplace. Gregory K. Myers. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996),
   p. 5.
Bringing Actuarial Science to the Risk Management Process. Martin Frank and Mark Priven. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall
   1995), p. 5.
Bringing Risk Information to Corporate Decision-Making. Martin R. Fessey. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 19.
Captives: More Than Just a Way to Finance Risk. Jay Jacobus. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 11.
Collateral Options for Risk Financing Programs. Barbara Ishikawa and Michael Marcon. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer
   1994), p. 35.
Cost of Risk Alloction: System Design and Practical Application. Richard Mayfield and Susan Henry. Vol. 12, No. 4
   (Winter 1999), p. 67.
Derivatives: Managing the Risks and Seizing the Opportunities. Brian M. Kawamoto. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996),
   p. 11.
Designing a Risk Management Program to Support Cash Flow Needs. James J. Conerty. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994),
   p. 3.
Designing the Optimal Primary Casualty Program: The General Patton Approach. Patrick M. Lynch and Timothy J.
   Metke. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 31.
Determining Cost of Risk: A Case Study. William E. Moriarty, Jr. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter 1993), p. 3.
Financing Your Risk Program — 2009. David F. Brauer. Vol. 23, No, 1(Spring 2009), p. 41.
Finding a Working Model for Retention Evaluation. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 61.
Forming a Partnership Between Risk Financing and Loss Control. James D. Berg. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p.
   17.
Global Warming — Managing Your Weather-Related Risks. Michael Luck and Vijay Manghnani. Vol. 17, No. 3
   (Fall 2003).
How to Evaluate Risk Retention Programs. Gregory K. Myers and Nicholas R. Polo. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p.
   39.
How to Transfer and Finance Pollution Liability Risks. James M. Pearce. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 3.
Integrated-Risk Programs: Meeting the Challenges of a Global Environment. José M. Torres and James K. Miller. Vol.
   12, No. 4 (Winter 1999), p. 51.
Is There a Way to Finance Environmental Cleanup Liability? Eugene R. Anderson, Avraham C. Moskowitz, and
   Giovanni Rodriguez. Vol. 5, No. 3 (Fall 1991), p. 3.
Letters of Credit: Yet Another Reason to Self-Insure. Stephen H. Pahl and Christopher R. Payne. Vol. 5, No. 1
   (Spring 1991), p. 56.
A Look at Financial Insurance and Reinsurance. Jean Lucey. Vol. 8, No. 2 (Summer 1994), p. 79.
Loss Portfolio Transfers. Allan H. Bader, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 41.
Managing Risk Comprehensively, Efficiently, and Strategically, Valerie Butt, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 33.
Risk Financing Concepts. Lawrence J. Bell. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 42.
Risk: How Much Is Too Much? Larry L. Klein. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 29.
Risk Retention: A Self-Inventory. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 17.
Shifting the Risk Management Paradigm: A Case Study. Kristin W. Davis. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 5.
Step 5: Financing Your Risks — Retention. Frederic C. Church, Jr. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 35
Using Deductibles Effectively. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 57.

Risk Management Information Systems (RMIS)
ABCs of RMIS: What You Need to Know Before You Buy. Jann Browning. Vol. 19, No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 61.
Best Practices in Enterprise Risk Technology. Angus Rhodes and Laurie Champion. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p.
   80.
Bringing Accidental Loss Analysis to the Risk Manager’s Desktop. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996),
   p. 35.
Managing Risk With Information Technology. David A. Tweedy. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 5.
RMIS: Real Solution for a Real Business. Thomas Wimberly, Terry Van Vuren, and LaDonna Williams. Vol. 19,
   No. 1 (Spring 2005), p. 65.
Staying Connected to Risk Management on the Internet. Esther J. Sprano. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 41.
An Update on Risk Management Information Systems. David A. Tweedy. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 29.
When Information Management Becomes Risky Business. William Millican. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 29.

Risk Management Practices
(See also Loss Control)
The ABCs of High-Stakes Decisions, Mark Jablonowski, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), p. 26.
An Actionable Approach to Hazard Risk and Insurance Management Reviews, Evan R. Busman, Vol. 21, No. 1
   (Spring 2007), p. 63.
Analyzing Risk With Loss Scenario Flow Charts. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 23.
Animal-Inflicted Injuries: Understanding the Risks and Designing Prevention Strategies, Daniel Q. Estep and Suzanne
   Hetts, Vol. 17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), p. 97.
Another Perspective on Benchmarking. Richard C. Sadler. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996), p. 44.
Architecture and Engineering: Managing New Risks in a Rapidly Changing Industry, Paul Dietrich and Brad Gow, Vol.
   19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 47.
Are Your Windows Broken? A Look at Fraud Risk Mitigation in the Era of Enron, Hewlett-Packard, and Options
   Scandals. Jonathan E. Turner. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 66.
Auditing a Risk Management and Insurance Program. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 59.
Benchmarking Risk Management Performance Standards. John F. Roskopf. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 55.
Bringing It All Together: The Risk Management Link. William J. Kelly. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p. 5.
Bringing Loss Prevention to Holistic Risk Management. Gordon W. Kreh. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p. 5.
Building Holistic Risk Skills. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 53.
— The Changing Face of Risk Management. Meike Olin. Vol. 21, No.2 (Summer 2007), p. 27.
Chemical Risk Management and Security, Jim Solyst, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Spring 2007), p. 53.
Combating Food Allergy Risks in the Hospitality Industry. Dian Craig, A.V. Riswadkar, and the Food Allergy &
   Anaphylaxis Network. Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 53.
Communicating Intent: The Key to Integrated and Coordinated Enterprise Risk Solutions. Victor Gordon. Vol. 18, No.
   3 (Fall 2004), p. 39.
Contracts: Risk Management Issues and Solutions. R. Scott Ecker, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 29.
Dealing With the Unknown. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 21, No. 4 (Winter 2008), p. 35.
Derivatives: Managing the Risks and Seizing the Opportunities. Brian M. Kawamoto. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996),
   p. 11.
E-Risk Management: Exceeding the Standards, Linda Conrad. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 45.
Expanding Risks: Enterprise Risk Management Solutions. Jonathan M. Zaffino. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 63.
Finding a Working Model for Retention Evaluation. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 61.
Financial Risk Management Products: Can Brokers Ride the New Wave? Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000),
   p, 91.
From Risk Maps to Decisions. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 77.
Getting the Message Out: Communication Strategies That Work. Lorraine Ruff. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 46.
Identifying Uncertainty in “Risk Maps.” Mark Jablonski. Vol. 14, No. 1 (Spring 2000), p. 27.
Identity Theft: How Companies and Consumers Can Combat the Nightmare, Christopher T. Marquet, Vol. 18, No.
   2 (Summer 2004), p. 79.
Insurance as a Recovery Enhancement Tool, Jeffrey A. Kiburtz, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 72.
Insurance Primer: The Rules Have Changed. David P. Bender, Jr. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 79.
Insurance Purchasing as “Financial Precaution”. Mark Jablonowski. Vol. 20, No. 3 (Fall 2006), p. 45.
Internet Liability and Privacy: Keeping On-Line Users In-Line. Robert P. Lombardi. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998),
   p. 27.
Introduction to the IRGC Risk Governance Framework. Christopher Bunting, Ortwin Renn, Marie-Valentine
   Florin, and Robin Cantor. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 7.
ISO 9000: Certifying the Quality of Insurance Products and Services. Jean Lucey. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p.
   67.
Lessons of the Virginia Tech Massacre. David P. Bender, Jr. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 99.
Lodgian: A Case Study in On-Line Risk Management. Peter Johnson. Vol. 14, No. 3 (Fall 2000), p. 22.
London 2012: Olympic Risk, Risk Management, and Olymponomics. Will Jennings. Vol. 22, No. 2 (Summer 2008),
   p. 39.
Managing E-business Risks. Gary M. Slep and Emily Q. Freeman. Vol. 13, No. 4 (Winter 2000), p. 19.
Managing Information Security in an Enterprise. Amit Riswadkar. Vol. 21, No. 2 (Summer 2007), p. 48.
Managing Through the Turbulence. Donna Galer. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 7.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Who’s Coming to the Party? R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 13, No. 1 (Spring 1999), p. 9.
Navigating Risk Management’s Road to the Future. Louis J. Drapeau. Vol. 11, No. 1 (Spring 1997), p. 5.
The New Risk Management Paradox: Social Trends, Risk Management, and Public Policy. Gerald F. Ladner. Vol. 22,
   No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 7.
On Finding Linkages: Corporate Governance and Operational Risk. Penny Cagan. Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p.
   7.
Planning to Prevent a Year 2000 Disaster. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 89.
Precaution: A Working Model. Mark Jablonowski .Vol. 19, No. 4 (Winter 2006), p. 41.
Precautionary Risk Management. Mark Jablonowski, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer 2005), p. 21.
Proactive Management of Your Y2K Exposure. James E. Hencke. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 33.
Purchasing Insurance and Risk Management Programs for Restaurants, Robert Fiorito, Vol. 19, No. 2 (Summer
   2005), p. 68.
Reengineering Risk Management: Opportunity or Folly? James J. Conerty. Vol. 8, No. 4 (Winter 1995), p. 5.
Risk Insights: Behavioral Risk in Changing Organizations. Deborah Carter. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 45.
Risk Management Issues for 2003: The Editorial Board Speaks Out, Norman A. Baglini, John J. Catrabone, Richard
   G. Clarke, R. Scott Ecker, Donna Galer, Robert P. Hartwig, Bradley D. Murlick, and Jonathan E. Turner, Vol.
   16, No. 4 (Winter 2003), p. 7.
Risk Management for Small Business, Brad Forsythe, Vol. 18, No.4 (Winter 2005), p. 69.
Risk Management vs. Money Management? A Look at Titanic. Charlene A. Deloach. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998),
   p. 19.
Risk Mapping: An Essential Step for Assessing and Managing Enterprise Risk. Victor Gordon and A.V. Riswadkar.
   Vol. 16, No. 2 (Summer 2002), p. 73.
Shifting the Risk Management Paradigm: A Case Study. Kristin W. Davis. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer 1996), p. 5.
Staying Connected to Risk Management on the Internet. Esther J. Sprano. Vol. 10, No. 4 (Winter 1997), p. 41.
Strategic Risk Management: A CFO’s View. Michael J. Walsh. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p. 11.
Strategic Risk Management of Environmental Liabilities, William P. Hazelton and Douglas W. Oliver, Vol. 16, No.
   4 (Winter 2003), p. 48.
Surviving in Turbulent Times. Jerry Theodorou. Vol. 23, No. 3 (Fall 2009), p. 13.
Telecommunications: A Risk Perspective. Tom Ricketts. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 53.
Toward the Liberation of Risk Management. John F. Roskopf. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993), p. 29.
The Trend to Holistic Risk Management. James V. Davis. Vol. 11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 39.
Managing Data to Lower Your Cost of Risk. Roy G. Mahlstedt. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 41.
Managing the Future With Today’s Risk Management Trends. Roger B. Plotkin. Vol. 9, No. 2 (Summer 1995), p.
   17.
Re-engineering the Broker-Risk Manager Relationship. Michael A. Wiebe. Vol. 9, No. 4 (Winter 1996), p. 15.
Seven Principles of Risk Management, Randy Wheeler, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005)), p. 7.

Risk Retention Act
Forming a Captive under The Risk Retention Act. Vincent J. Bell and Mac V. Snow. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987),
   p. 3.
JLR Forum: Some Thoughts on The Risk Retention Act. Nestor Roos, George R. Klink, and William Bolinder. Vol.
   1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 74.
A Profile of Purchasing Groups and Their Insurers. Karen Cutts. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 10.
The Risk Retention Act: A Legal Guide. Michael D. Brown. Vol. 1, No. 1 (Spring 1987), p. 10.
Risk Retention Groups Fuel Growth of Alternative Markets. Chester A. Zagaski. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 41.
Risk Retention Groups: Pricing and Underwriting Prerequisites. Beverly H. Patrick. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p.
   45.

Self-Insurance
Analysis of Claim Trends: A Risk Management Challenge. Stanley J. Corcoran. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer 1997), p.
  46.
Combining Insurance and Self-Insurance: Issues in Handling Liability Claims. William T. Barker. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring
  1993), p. 3.
Evaluating the Self-Insurance Option. Steven H. Pahl. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p. 58.
How Self-Insured Group Trusts Are Holding Down Compensation Costs. Frank Routson. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993),
   p. 31.
The Lesson of La Brea — The First “Pool.” Steven R. Webber. Vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 20.
Letters of Credit: Yet Another Reason to Self-Insure. Stephen H. Pahl and Christopher R. Payne. Vol. 5, No. 1
   (Spring 1991), p. 56.
Municipal Self-Insureds in a Struggle for Legal Identity. Stephen Ferrone. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p. 49.
Public Entity Pools, Micro-Pooling, and Super-Pools. Mark Lundegren. Vol. 8, No. 3 (Fall 1994), p. 37.
Risk Retention: A Self-Inventory. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 17.
A Self-Insurance Primer for Public Entities. William J. Henry. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 53.
Self-insured Pools: Look Before Leaping. R. Scott Ecker. Vol. 9, No. 1 (Spring 1995), p. 45.
Workers Compensation: Evaluating the Self-Insurance Option. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p.
   52.

Silica
Silica Liability: The Next Asbestos? Robert P. Hartwig and Claire Wilkinson, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer 2004), P.
   35.

Subrogation
Subrogation: A Contractor’s Nightmare. LeRoy Utschig. Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter 1989), p. 59.

Supply Chain Management
The 80% Solution: Broadening Supply-Chain Risk Management as Practical Enterprise Risk Management. Kenneth R.
  Rado and Robert J. Schneider. Vol. 22, No. 3 (Fall 2008), p. 89
Business Interruption, Enterprise Risk Management, and Supply-Chain Risks. John W. Schaefer. Vol. 21, No. 4
  (Winter 2008), p. 28.
Cyber War, ERM, and the Supply Chain. Robert J. Schneider, Kenneth R. Rado, and Michael H. Hoffman. Vol.
  23, No. 4 (Winter 2010), p. 80.
Optimizing the Insurance Supply Chain. Matthew Flanagan. Vol. 16, No. 1 (Spring 2002), p. 63.

Surety
Obtaining Surety Credit in a Volatile Market. Daniel D. Waldorf. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 57.
Security for Contract Performance. Kevin J. Connolly. Vol. 24, No. 2 (Summer 2010), p. 65.
The Surety Industry: Light at the End of the Tunnel? Michael Murphy. Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 79.
The “Three Cs” of Construction Contract Bonding. Daniel D. Waldorf. Vol. 4, No. 2 (Summer 1990), p. 21.

Sustainability
Why Sustainability Risk Management Matters. Dan R. Anderson. Vol. 20, No. 4 (Winter 2007), p. 7.

Taxes
The Tax Reform Act of 1986: Its Impact on Insurance Companies. Frank Petralito II and Stanton Alan Young. Vol.
  1, No. 2 (Summer 1987), p. 40.
Terrorism
Captives and Terrorism Risk. William N. Curcio and James W. Macdonald. Vol. 17, No. 4 (Winter 2004), p. 17.
Cyberterrorism: A Review of the Prospects and the Risks. Susan Brenner, Marc D. Goodman, and Leo L. Clarke. Vol.
  17, No. 1 (Spring 2003), P. 42.
Managing Property Terrorism Risk in 2008 and Beyond. Jill Dalton, Vol. 22, No. 1 (Spring 2008), p. 7.
Political-Risk and Political-Violence Insurance. Winifred A. Baker, Timothy Press, and Paul O’Connor. Vol. 17, No.
  2 (Summer 2003), p. 84.
A Sea Change for Risk Managers — A Season for New Thinking. P. Richard Hackenburg. Vol. 16, No. 2 (Fall 2002),
  p. 51.
September 11, 2001: One Hundred Minutes of Terror That Changed the Global Insurance Industry Forever. Robert P.
  Hartwig. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 7.
Sorting Out the Challenges. Ken A. Crerar. Vol. 15, No. 4 (Winter 2002), p. 81.
Terrorism, Insurance, and the Role of the United States Government, Robert P. Hartwig, Gordon Stewart, and Claire
  Wilkinson, Vol. 18, No. 4 (Winter 2005), p. 25.
Terrorism, Insurance, and TRIA: Are We Asking the Right Questions? James W. Macdonald, Vol. 18, No. 2 (Summer
  2004), p. 87.
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 — Overview and Impact on the Property Insurance Market. Jill Dalton. Vol.
  17, No. 2 (Summer 2003), p. 77.
Terrorist Attacks: How They Can Harm Us. Allan H. Bader and Martin Ehrlich. Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p.
  43.

Tort Law
Joint and Several Liability: Its Impact on the Insurance Industry. Laura J. Abraham. Vol. 1, No. 4 (Winter 1988), p.
   41.
The “Millennium Bug”: Legal Symptoms and a Prescription to Treat Them. Robert P. Lombardi and Leland G.
   Freeman. Vol. 12, No. 3 (Fall 1998), p. 17.
Moving Cases out of the Tort System. Frederic G. Marziano. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p. 20.

Transit Insurance
Art in Transit: International Transportation of Fine Art. Dorit Straus. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 37.
Insuring Property in Transit. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 51.
Trucking and Insurance: A New Service Model. Peter P. Conway, Jr. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 67.

Valuation
The Efficient Risk Frontier Theory. Wolfgang F. Friedel. Vol. 15, No. 3 (Fall 2001), p. 63.
The Insurable Value Proposition — When a Number is More Than Just a Number. Brad Murlick and Paul N. Lux.
  Vol. 16, No. 3 (Fall 2002), p. 72.

Workers Compensation
Application of the Workers Compensation Exclusivity Rule Under Wrap-Up Insurance Programs. David G. Jordan and
   Jeffrey J. Vita. Vol. 24, No. 3 (Fall 2010), p. 44.
Auditing Workers Compensation Programs. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 4, No. 1 (Spring 1990), p.
    67.
Auditing Your Claims. Meike Olin. Vol. 12, No. 2 (Summer 1998), p. 67.
A “Best Practices” Program for Managing Workers Compensation Costs. Bruce J. Gilbert. Vol. 10, No. 2 (Summer
    1996), p. 49.
Bringing Total Quality Management to the Loss Control Process. Aruna Vadgama. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996), p.
   29.
Controlling Workers Compensation Claims Costs. Richard Manetta. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 13.
Evaluating Group Workers Compensation Programs. Charles R. Lee and Joilou M. Wilson. Vol. 6, No. 4 (Winter
   1993), p. 41.
How Self-Insured Group Trusts Are Holding Down Compensation Costs. Frank Routson. Vol. 7, No. 3 (Fall 1993),
   p. 31.
How to Avoid Collateral Damage to Your Workers Compensation Program. AlexD. Hardiman. Vol. 23, No. 4 (Winter
   2010), p. 75.
How to Evaluate Retrospective Rating Proposals. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 2, No. 2 (Summer 1988), p. 56.
Immigrant Workers: A Population at Risk. Julie Ferguson. Vol. 18, No. 3 (Fall 2004), p. 70.
Informing Employees about Chemical Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 2
   (Summer 1988), p. 24.
Managing the Claims Process: How to Evaluate Vendor Performance. Brian D. Casey. Vol. 10, No. 1 (Spring 1996),
   p. 21.
Maritime Employees and Marine Workers Compensation. Ian R. Greenway. Vol. 13, No. 3 (Fall 1999), p. 55.
Objective Tests Reduce Costs and Workplace Injuries. Allan H. Bader and Max Hamburger. Vol. 11, No. 3 (Fall
   1997), p. 67.
Occupational Disease Claims—What Does the Future Hold? Howard M. Sandler. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p.
   25.
A Recovery Program for Ailing Vocational Rehabilitation Systems. William R. Levasseur. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter
   1991), p. 18.
Strategies for Controlling Workers Compensation Claims Costs. Nancy J. Wood. Vol. 9, No. 3 (Fall 1995), p. 51.
Strategies for Managing Workers Compensation Costs. Mary Possi. Vol. 6, No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 45.
Stretching the Limits of Compensation Statutes. John C. Cross. Vol. 1, No. 3 (Fall 1987), p. 75.
Workers Compensation and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Allan H. Bader and Adrien Theriault. Vol. 11, No.
   4 (Winter 1998), p. 71.
Workers Compensation: A System in Trauma. William H. Bolinder. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 3.
Workers Compensation Costs: Manage with Care. Paul W. Glover. Vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 1991), p. 32.
Workers Compensation: Covering the Hidden Exposures. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter 1992), p. 57.
Workers Compensation: Evaluating the Self-Insurance Option. Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 7, No. 4 (Winter 1994), p.
   52.
Workers Compensation Laws: Who Is Obligated and How Can They Comply? Dwight E. Levick. Vol. 9, No. 2
 (Summer 1995), p. 59.

Workplace Hazards
Are You Prepared for Workplace Violence? LaVina C. Branch. Vol. 15, No. 1 (Spring 2001), p. 73.
Coming to Grips with the “A” Word. Al Westerman. Vol. 3, No. 4 (Winter 1990), p. 58.
Controlling Exposures to Hazardous Waste in the Work Environment. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6,
   No. 1 (Spring 1992), p. 61.
Handling Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No. 1 (Spring 1993),
   p. 63.
Indoor Air Quality. Meike Olin. Vol. 12, No. 1 (Spring 1998), p. 71.
Informing Employees about Chemical Hazards in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 2
   (Summer 1988), p. 24.
Managing the Risks of Indoor Air Pollution. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 4, No. 3 (Fall 1990), p. 73.
Meeting the Demands of the Workplace of the ’90s. Robert H. Moore. Vol. 4, No. 4 (Winter 1991), p. 7.
A New OSHA Standard to Protect Health Care Workers. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 6, No. 2
   (Summer 1992), p. 69.
Occupational Disease Claims—What Does the Future Hold? Howard M. Sandler. Vol. 2, No. 1 (Spring 1988), p.
   25.
An Occupational Health Program to Deal with Ergonomic Hazards. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No.
   4 (Winter 1994), p. 61.
Older Workers’ Health: An Emerging Issue in the American Workplace. Bruce L. Douglas and Janet R. Douglas. Vol.
   11, No. 4 (Winter 1998), p. 21.
A Program to Address Occupational Health Hazards. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 5, No. 4 (Winter
   1992), p. 69.
Protecting Against the Hazards of Lead Poisoning in the Workplace. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 7, No.
   3 (Fall 1993), p. 67.
Radon: Another Environmental Risk to Contend With. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer
   1989), p. 70.
A Risk Management Approach to the Asbestos Problem. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 2, No. 3 (Fall
   1988), p. 69.
The Role of Industrial Hygiene in a Workplace Safety and Health Program. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 10, No. 3 (Fall 1996),
   p. 71.
Safety and Loss Control Techniques for Laboratories. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 3 (Fall 1989),
   p. 68.
Using Personal Protective Equipment to Minimize Workplace Injuries. Allan H. Bader. Vol. 11, No. 2 (Summer
   1997), p. 67.
Waste Management for Healthcare Facilities. Allan H. Bader and Angela Cotrone. Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1989), p.
   75.

								
To top